1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Copyright (C) 2019-2020 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. All rights reserved.
6 This file is part of GDB.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
22 #include "arch-utils.h"
27 #include "breakpoint.h"
28 #include "tracepoint.h"
30 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
41 #include "filenames.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
53 #include "observable.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
65 #include "dummy-frame.h"
67 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
68 #include "thread-fsm.h"
69 #include "tid-parse.h"
70 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/tilde.h"
75 /* readline defines this. */
78 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
79 #include "extension.h"
81 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
82 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
83 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
87 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
88 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
90 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
93 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
94 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
95 enum bptype type_wanted
);
97 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
98 struct linespec_result
*,
99 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
100 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
102 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
104 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
105 int, int, int, unsigned);
107 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
108 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
109 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
111 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
112 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
114 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
116 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
118 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
119 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
120 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
122 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
124 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
125 struct symtab_and_line
,
127 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
129 static struct breakpoint
*
130 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
132 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
135 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
137 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
141 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
142 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
143 struct obj_section
*, int);
145 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
146 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
148 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
149 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
152 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
153 const address_space
*,
156 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
157 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
159 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
161 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
163 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
165 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
167 int *other_type_used
);
169 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
172 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
173 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
174 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
176 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
178 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
179 insert locations now. */
180 enum ugll_insert_mode
182 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
183 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
184 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
185 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
186 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
187 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
188 returns true on them.
190 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
191 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
192 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
193 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
194 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
195 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
199 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
200 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
203 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
204 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
205 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
206 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
207 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
208 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
209 as no thread is running yet. */
213 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
215 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
217 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
219 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
221 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
223 static bool is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
225 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
227 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
230 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
232 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
233 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
234 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
235 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
237 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
238 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
240 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
241 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
243 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
245 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
247 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
248 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
250 /* Tracepoints set on probes. */
251 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
253 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
254 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
256 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
257 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
258 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
259 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
260 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
261 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
263 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
264 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
265 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
266 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
272 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
274 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
275 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
276 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
277 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
279 static char *dprintf_function
;
281 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
282 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
283 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
284 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
285 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
286 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
287 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
289 static char *dprintf_channel
;
291 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
293 static bool disconnected_dprintf
= true;
295 struct command_line
*
296 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
298 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
301 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
302 current breakpoint. */
304 static bool breakpoint_proceeded
;
307 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
309 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
310 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
312 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
314 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
317 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
318 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
319 if such is available. */
320 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
323 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
324 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
327 fprintf_filtered (file
,
328 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
329 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
333 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
334 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
335 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
336 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
337 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
339 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
340 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
343 fprintf_filtered (file
,
344 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
345 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
349 /* If true, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
350 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
351 If false, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
352 use hardware breakpoints. */
353 static bool automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
355 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
356 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
359 fprintf_filtered (file
,
360 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
364 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
365 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
366 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
367 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
368 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
369 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
370 processing user input. */
371 /* FIXME: this is a temporary workaround to make sure waves created while
372 all known threads are stopped, and the gdb prompt is presented, do not
373 execute past the enabled breakpoints. */
374 static bool always_inserted_mode
= true;
377 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
378 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
380 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
384 /* See breakpoint.h. */
387 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
389 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
391 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
392 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
393 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
398 if (always_inserted_mode
)
400 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
405 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
406 if (inf
->has_execution ()
407 && threads_are_executing (inf
->process_target ()))
410 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
411 stopped, we still have events to process. */
412 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
414 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
420 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
422 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
423 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
424 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
425 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
426 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
427 condition_evaluation_auto
,
428 condition_evaluation_host
,
429 condition_evaluation_target
,
433 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
434 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
436 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
437 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
438 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
440 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
441 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
442 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
446 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
448 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
450 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
451 return condition_evaluation_target
;
453 return condition_evaluation_host
;
459 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
462 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
464 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
467 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
471 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
473 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
475 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
478 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
479 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
481 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
482 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
484 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
485 bool target_exact_watchpoints
= false;
487 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
488 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
489 current breakpoint. */
491 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
493 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
494 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
495 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
498 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
499 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
500 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
502 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
503 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
504 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
507 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
508 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
509 to where the loop should start from.
510 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
511 appropriate location to start with. */
513 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
514 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
515 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
517 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
518 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
521 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
523 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
524 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
525 if (is_tracepoint (B))
527 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
529 static struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
531 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_is_less_than - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
533 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
535 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
537 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
539 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
540 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
541 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
542 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
543 an address you need to read. */
545 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
547 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
548 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
549 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
550 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
551 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
553 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
555 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
556 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
557 reported by a target. */
558 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
560 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
562 static int breakpoint_count
;
564 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
565 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
566 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
567 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
568 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
570 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
572 static int tracepoint_count
;
574 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
575 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
576 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
578 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
581 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
584 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
588 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
595 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
597 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
599 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
602 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
605 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
607 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
608 breakpoint_count
= num
;
609 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
612 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
613 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
614 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
616 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
619 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
621 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
624 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
627 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
629 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
632 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
635 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
637 struct breakpoint
*b
;
644 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
645 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
648 get_breakpoint (int num
)
650 struct breakpoint
*b
;
653 if (b
->number
== num
)
661 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
662 evaluating conditions on its side. */
665 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
667 struct bp_location
*loc
;
669 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
670 evaluating conditions and if the user has
671 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
673 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
674 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
677 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
680 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
681 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
684 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
685 evaluating conditions on its side. */
688 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
690 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
691 evaluating conditions and if the user has
692 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
694 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
695 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
699 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
702 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
705 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
706 condition_evaluation_mode. */
709 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
710 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
712 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
714 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
715 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
717 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
718 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
719 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
723 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
724 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
726 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
727 settings was "auto". */
728 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
730 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
731 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
733 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
734 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
735 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
737 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
738 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
741 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
743 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
745 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
746 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
750 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
751 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
752 target knows about. */
753 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
754 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
755 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
759 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
765 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
766 what "auto" is translating to. */
769 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
770 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
772 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
773 fprintf_filtered (file
,
774 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
775 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
777 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
779 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
783 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
784 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
785 the more general bp_location_is_less_than function. */
788 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
790 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
791 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
793 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
796 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
799 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
800 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
801 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
804 static struct bp_location
**
805 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
807 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
808 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
809 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
811 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
812 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
814 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
815 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
816 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
817 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
818 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
820 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
821 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
824 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
825 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
826 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
827 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
834 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
837 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
838 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
840 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
842 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
844 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
848 struct bp_location
*loc
;
850 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
854 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
855 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
856 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
863 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
867 const char *arg
= exp
;
869 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
870 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
871 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
872 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
874 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
876 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
878 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
880 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
882 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
883 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
887 struct bp_location
*loc
;
889 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
893 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
894 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
896 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
900 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
902 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
905 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
908 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
909 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
910 const char *text
, const char *word
)
914 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
915 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
919 struct breakpoint
*b
;
923 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
924 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
925 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
929 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
936 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
938 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
939 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number
));
945 /* We're completing the expression part. */
946 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
947 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
950 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
953 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
955 struct breakpoint
*b
;
960 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
963 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
965 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
968 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
970 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
971 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
972 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
973 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
974 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
978 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
979 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
980 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
982 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
984 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
985 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
990 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
993 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
994 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
995 Throw if any such commands is found. */
998 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1000 struct command_line
*c
;
1002 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1004 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1005 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1006 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1008 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1009 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1011 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1012 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1013 command directly. */
1014 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1015 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1017 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1018 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1022 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1024 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1027 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1030 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1032 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1033 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1034 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1038 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1040 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1043 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1046 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1048 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1051 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1054 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1055 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1059 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1060 b
= new tracepoint ();
1061 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1062 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1064 b
= new breakpoint ();
1066 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1069 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1070 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1074 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1075 struct command_line
*commands
)
1077 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1079 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1080 struct command_line
*c
;
1081 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1083 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1084 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1088 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1089 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1090 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1091 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1092 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1093 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1094 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1095 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1096 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1097 tracepoint's context. */
1098 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1100 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1102 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1103 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1104 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1105 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1106 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1107 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1110 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1111 "can be used only once"));
1116 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1120 struct command_line
*c2
;
1122 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1123 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1124 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1126 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1127 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1133 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1137 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1138 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1140 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1141 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1143 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1144 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1145 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1148 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1150 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1151 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1152 found
.push_back (b
);
1158 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1159 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1162 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1163 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1165 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1167 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1168 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1171 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1172 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1176 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1178 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1181 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1182 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1185 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1186 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1189 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1191 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1194 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1195 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1198 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1199 breakpoint work for any task. */
1202 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1204 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1207 if (old_task
!= task
)
1208 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1212 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1213 struct command_line
*control
)
1215 counted_command_line cmd
;
1216 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1217 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1218 list of command by just typing "end". */
1219 bool cmd_read
= false;
1221 std::string new_arg
;
1223 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1225 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1226 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1228 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1229 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1230 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1233 map_breakpoint_numbers
1234 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1238 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1239 if (control
!= NULL
)
1240 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1244 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1245 "%s, one per line."),
1248 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1250 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1252 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1253 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1254 validator
= do_validate
;
1256 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1261 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1263 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1265 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1267 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1273 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1275 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1278 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1279 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1281 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1282 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1283 enum command_control_type
1284 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1286 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1287 return simple_control
;
1290 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1293 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1295 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1299 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1300 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1305 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1306 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1309 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1310 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1311 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1314 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1315 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1316 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1317 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1318 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1320 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1321 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1325 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1326 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1328 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1332 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1334 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1335 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1337 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1339 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1344 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1346 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1351 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1352 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1354 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1355 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1356 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1360 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1362 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1363 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1366 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1368 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1369 shadow_contents buffer. */
1370 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1371 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1372 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1374 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1376 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1377 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1381 const unsigned char *bp
;
1382 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1385 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1386 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1387 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1389 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1391 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1393 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1394 breakpoint's INSN. */
1395 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1399 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1400 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1402 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1403 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1404 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1406 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1407 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1408 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1409 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1410 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1411 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1412 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1413 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1415 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1418 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1419 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1420 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1422 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1424 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1426 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1427 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1428 report higher one. */
1431 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1432 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1434 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1436 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1437 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1439 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1440 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1441 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1442 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1444 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1445 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1446 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1448 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1450 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1457 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1458 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1459 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1460 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1461 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1464 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1466 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1467 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1468 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1471 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1474 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1476 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1478 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1480 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1481 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1482 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1485 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1488 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1489 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1490 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1493 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1496 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1497 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1501 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1504 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1506 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1507 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1508 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1511 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1514 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1516 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1517 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1518 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1521 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1524 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1526 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1527 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1530 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1531 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1532 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1533 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1534 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1535 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1536 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1537 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1540 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1542 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1543 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1544 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1545 && !inferior_thread ()->executing
)));
1548 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1549 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1552 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1554 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1556 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1557 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1558 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1559 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1560 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1562 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1565 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1568 static struct value
*
1569 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1571 struct value
*bit_val
;
1576 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1578 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1581 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1588 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1589 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1590 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1591 to be able to report stops. */
1594 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1595 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1597 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1599 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1600 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1601 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1602 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1605 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1606 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1609 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1611 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1613 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1614 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1615 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1618 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1619 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1620 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1621 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1623 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1625 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1626 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1629 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1630 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1631 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1632 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1633 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1634 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1635 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1636 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1638 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1639 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1640 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1641 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1642 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1643 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1644 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1645 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1648 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1649 hardware watchpoints:
1651 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1652 called several times when GDB stops.
1655 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1656 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1657 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1658 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1659 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1660 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1661 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1662 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1663 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1664 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1665 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1667 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1668 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1671 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1673 int within_current_scope
;
1674 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1677 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1678 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1679 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1680 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1683 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1688 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1689 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1690 within_current_scope
= 1;
1693 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1694 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1695 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1697 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1698 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1699 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1700 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1701 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1704 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1705 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1706 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1707 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1710 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1712 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1713 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1714 if (within_current_scope
)
1718 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1719 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1720 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1723 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1728 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1729 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1730 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1731 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1732 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1733 be completely different objects. */
1735 b
->val_valid
= false;
1737 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1738 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1739 locations (re)created below. */
1740 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1742 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1745 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1749 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1750 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1751 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1752 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1753 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1754 if (!target_has_execution
)
1756 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1757 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1758 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1759 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1761 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1762 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1764 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1765 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1768 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1771 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1772 struct value
*v
, *result
;
1773 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1775 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1777 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1778 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1779 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1780 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1781 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1783 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1785 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1786 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1787 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1788 b
->val_valid
= true;
1791 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1793 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1794 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1795 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1799 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1800 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1801 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1802 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1803 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1804 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1805 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1807 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1809 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1810 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1811 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1813 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1814 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1817 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1818 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1819 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1821 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1823 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1825 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1826 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1828 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1830 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1831 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1832 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1833 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1834 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1837 addr
= value_address (v
);
1840 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1845 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1847 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1850 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1851 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1854 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1856 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1857 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1861 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1862 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1865 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1867 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1872 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1873 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1874 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1879 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1880 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1882 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1886 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1889 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1890 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1891 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1893 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1894 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1895 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1896 this watchpoint in as well. */
1898 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1899 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1900 hardware watchpoint type. */
1902 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1903 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1905 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1906 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1907 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1908 through watch_command), so always account for it
1911 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1912 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1914 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1915 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
1918 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1919 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1921 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
1923 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1924 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1925 "hardware watchpoint."));
1926 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1927 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1928 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1930 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1931 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1935 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1936 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1937 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1942 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1944 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1945 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1946 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1948 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1949 "read/access watchpoint."));
1952 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1954 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1955 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1956 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1957 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1960 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1961 above left it without any location set up. But,
1962 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1963 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1964 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1965 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
1967 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1969 printf_filtered (_("\
1970 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1971 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1973 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1976 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1978 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1982 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1983 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1984 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1985 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1986 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1988 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1990 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1993 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1996 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
1999 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2002 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2003 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2004 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2005 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2006 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2007 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2008 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2009 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2010 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2013 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2014 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2015 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2017 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2018 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2019 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2021 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2022 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2023 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2024 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2025 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2026 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2027 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2028 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2029 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2033 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2034 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2035 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2036 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2041 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2042 instruction that triggered one. */
2043 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2044 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2048 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2049 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2050 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2051 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2060 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2061 that the location is not duplicated. */
2064 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2067 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2070 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2071 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2075 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2076 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2077 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2078 any error during parsing. */
2080 static agent_expr_up
2081 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2086 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2088 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2089 that may show up. */
2092 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2095 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2097 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2098 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2099 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2102 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2106 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2107 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2108 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2109 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2110 one of them is true. */
2113 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2115 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2116 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2117 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2118 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2120 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2121 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2123 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2124 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2125 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2127 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2128 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2131 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2132 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2133 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2134 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2135 response back to GDB. */
2136 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2139 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2143 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2144 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2145 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2146 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2147 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2151 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2152 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2153 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2155 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2161 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2162 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2163 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2165 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2166 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2167 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2169 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2172 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2174 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2176 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2179 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2184 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2185 for this location's address. */
2186 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2190 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2191 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2192 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2195 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2196 to send the conditions to the target. */
2197 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2204 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2205 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2206 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2208 static agent_expr_up
2209 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2211 const char *cmdrest
;
2212 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2213 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2220 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2222 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2224 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2225 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2227 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2229 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2231 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2233 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2234 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2236 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2238 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2239 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2241 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2243 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2245 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2247 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2248 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2253 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2254 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2256 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2260 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2262 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2263 that may show up. */
2266 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2267 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2268 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2270 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2272 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2273 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2274 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2277 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2281 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2282 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2283 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2286 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2288 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2289 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2290 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2291 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2293 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2294 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2296 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2299 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2300 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2303 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2304 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2305 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2307 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2310 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2311 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2312 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2316 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2317 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2318 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2319 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2320 response back to GDB. */
2321 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2324 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2328 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2329 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2330 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2331 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2333 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2334 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2337 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2338 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2339 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2341 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2347 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2349 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2351 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2354 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2355 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2357 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2359 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2362 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2367 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2368 for this location's address. */
2369 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2372 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2373 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2374 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2375 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2378 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2379 to send the commands to the target. */
2380 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2384 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2385 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2386 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2387 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2390 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2391 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2392 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2396 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2398 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2400 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2401 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2403 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2405 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2409 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2412 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2413 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2414 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2415 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2418 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2419 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2421 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2422 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2423 int *disabled_breaks
,
2424 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2425 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2427 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2429 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2432 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2433 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2434 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2435 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2436 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2437 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2438 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2439 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2440 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2441 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2442 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2443 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2445 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2446 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2447 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2448 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2450 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2452 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2453 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2454 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2455 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2458 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2459 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2461 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2463 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2464 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2465 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2467 Two important cases are:
2468 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2469 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2470 hardware breakpoint.
2471 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2472 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2473 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2476 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2477 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2478 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2479 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2481 struct mem_region
*mr
2482 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2486 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2488 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2490 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2491 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2493 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2495 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2497 static int said
= 0;
2499 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2502 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2503 _("Note: automatically using "
2504 "hardware breakpoints for "
2505 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2510 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2511 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2513 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2514 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2515 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2516 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2518 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2524 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2525 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2526 || bl
->section
== NULL
2527 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2529 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2534 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2536 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2538 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2540 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2545 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2546 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2547 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2549 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2550 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2551 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2552 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2553 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2557 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2559 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2560 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2561 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2563 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2568 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2569 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2570 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2571 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2572 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2575 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2577 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2579 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2582 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2583 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2584 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2585 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2589 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2590 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2592 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2597 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2599 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2601 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2603 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2608 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2609 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2614 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2616 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2618 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2619 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2620 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2621 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2622 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2623 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2624 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2625 errors as memory errors. */
2626 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2627 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2628 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2629 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2630 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2631 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2634 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2635 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2636 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2637 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2639 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2640 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2642 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2643 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2644 "library breakpoints:\n");
2646 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2647 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2648 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2653 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2655 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2656 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2657 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2658 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2660 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2661 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2662 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2667 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2670 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2671 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2673 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2674 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2676 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2680 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2681 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2696 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2697 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2698 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2699 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2703 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2704 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2706 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2708 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2709 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2710 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2712 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2714 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2715 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2717 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2719 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2720 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2724 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2725 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2732 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2733 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2736 /* Back to the original value. */
2737 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2741 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2744 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2748 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2749 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2751 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2754 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2758 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2759 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2761 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2764 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2766 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2767 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2768 so just return success. */
2775 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2776 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2780 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2782 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2783 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2785 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2786 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2788 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2789 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2792 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2793 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2794 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2796 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2798 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2800 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2801 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2802 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2804 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2805 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2807 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2813 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2814 removed locations above. */
2815 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2818 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2819 Throws exception on any error.
2820 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2821 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2823 insert_breakpoints (void)
2825 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2827 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2828 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2830 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2832 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2835 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2836 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2837 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2838 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2841 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2844 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2846 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2848 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2850 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2854 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2855 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2856 always-inserted mode. */
2859 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2861 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2864 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2865 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2866 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2868 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2870 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2871 there was an error. */
2872 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2874 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2876 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2878 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2880 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2883 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2884 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2885 deletion of breakpoints. */
2886 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
2889 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2891 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2892 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2893 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2894 insert breakpoints. */
2895 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2896 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution
))
2899 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2900 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2907 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2908 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2912 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2915 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2917 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2918 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2921 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2922 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2923 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2925 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2927 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2928 there was an error. */
2929 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2931 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2933 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2935 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2938 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2939 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2940 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2941 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2942 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2945 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2947 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2948 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2949 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2950 insert breakpoints. */
2951 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2952 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution
))
2955 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2956 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2961 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2962 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2963 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2965 int some_failed
= 0;
2966 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2968 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2971 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2974 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2977 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2978 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2985 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2987 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
2989 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2990 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
2991 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2999 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3000 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3001 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3003 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3004 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3006 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3007 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3011 /* Used when the program stops.
3012 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3013 removing a breakpoint location. */
3016 remove_breakpoints (void)
3018 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3021 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3023 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3024 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3029 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3033 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3035 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3037 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3039 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3041 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3043 printf_filtered (_("\
3044 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3045 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3047 /* Hide it from the user. */
3053 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3056 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3058 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3061 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3063 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3066 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3068 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3075 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3077 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3078 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3079 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3080 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3081 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3082 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3084 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3087 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3090 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3091 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3095 static struct breakpoint
*
3096 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3097 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3098 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3100 symtab_and_line sal
;
3102 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3103 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3105 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3106 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3107 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3112 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3114 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3116 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3118 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3119 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3121 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3122 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3124 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3125 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3127 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3128 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3130 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3132 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3134 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3135 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3137 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3138 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3140 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3141 int exception_searched
= 0;
3143 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3145 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3148 static const struct objfile_key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3149 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3151 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3152 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3154 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3157 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3159 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3162 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3163 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3165 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3166 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3168 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3170 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3171 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3172 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3173 return bp_objfile_data
;
3177 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3179 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3181 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3183 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3184 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3186 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3188 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3190 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3193 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3195 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3197 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3198 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3200 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3201 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3204 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3207 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3208 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3210 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3211 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3212 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3213 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3215 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3217 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3218 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3222 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3223 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3229 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3231 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3233 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3235 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3237 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3239 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3242 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3243 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3245 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3247 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3249 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3251 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3252 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3256 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3259 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3261 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3262 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3266 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3267 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3270 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3272 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3274 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3276 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3277 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3279 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3280 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3281 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3287 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3290 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3292 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3293 const char *func_name
;
3295 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3297 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3300 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3301 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3303 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3305 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3306 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3308 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3309 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3312 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3315 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3316 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3317 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3318 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3319 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3320 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3321 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3327 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3329 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3331 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3332 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3334 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3336 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3340 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3342 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3344 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3345 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3346 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3348 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3350 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3353 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3355 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3357 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3358 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3359 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3361 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3362 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3365 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3368 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3369 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3370 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3371 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3372 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3373 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3374 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3375 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3380 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3383 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3385 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3387 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3389 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3390 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3391 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3393 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3395 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3397 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3398 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3400 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3401 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3405 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3408 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3410 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3411 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3415 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3416 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3419 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3421 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3423 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3425 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3426 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3427 bp_exception_master
,
3428 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3429 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3430 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3436 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3438 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3441 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3443 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3445 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3447 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3448 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3450 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3454 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3457 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3458 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3459 current_top_target ());
3460 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3461 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3462 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3463 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3464 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3465 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3469 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3472 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3474 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3478 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3480 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3481 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3483 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3484 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3485 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3486 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3487 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3488 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3489 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3490 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3491 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3492 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3493 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3495 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3497 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3500 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3501 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3503 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3507 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3508 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3510 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3514 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3515 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3516 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3517 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3518 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3520 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3524 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3525 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3527 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3531 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3532 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3534 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3538 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3540 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3541 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3542 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3544 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3548 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3550 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3551 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3552 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3553 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3557 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3558 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3559 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3560 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3561 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3562 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3564 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3565 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3566 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3567 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3568 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3569 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3570 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3572 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3573 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3574 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3575 let finish_command delete it.
3577 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3578 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3579 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3580 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3581 solib breakpoints.) */
3583 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3588 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3589 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3591 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3593 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3600 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3602 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3604 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3605 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3607 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3608 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3610 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3611 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3612 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3614 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3617 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3618 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3619 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3620 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3621 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3622 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3623 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3627 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3633 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3634 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3635 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3636 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3637 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3640 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3644 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3645 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3647 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3648 This should not ever happen. */
3649 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3651 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3652 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3654 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3655 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3656 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3658 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3659 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3660 || bl
->section
== NULL
3661 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3663 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3665 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3666 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3667 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3668 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3669 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3670 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3671 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3672 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3673 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3674 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3675 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3676 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3677 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3678 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3679 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3680 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3681 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3682 they should always be removed. */
3683 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3684 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3685 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3688 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3692 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3693 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3694 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3696 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3697 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3699 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3700 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3701 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3702 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3703 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3705 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3706 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3709 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3710 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3713 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3714 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3715 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3716 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3718 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3719 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3720 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3721 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3722 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3723 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3729 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3734 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3735 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3736 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3737 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3738 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3739 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3740 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3741 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3742 always-inserted mode. */
3744 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3745 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3746 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3747 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3753 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3755 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3757 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3758 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3760 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3761 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3763 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3764 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3765 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3768 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3769 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3772 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3773 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3775 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3779 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3786 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3788 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3789 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3791 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3792 This should not ever happen. */
3793 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3795 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3797 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3799 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3802 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3805 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3807 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3809 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3810 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3814 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3815 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3817 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3820 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3821 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3822 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3827 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3829 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3830 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3832 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3834 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3837 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3839 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3841 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3847 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3849 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3850 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3853 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3855 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3857 case bp_shlib_event
:
3859 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3860 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3861 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3862 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3863 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3865 (gdb) file prog-linux
3866 (gdb) run # native linux target
3869 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3870 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3873 case bp_step_resume
:
3875 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3877 case bp_single_step
:
3879 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3881 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3885 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3886 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3887 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3889 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3891 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3892 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3893 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3896 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3897 valid. New ones will be created in
3898 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3899 The next update_global_location_list call will
3900 garbage collect them. */
3903 if (context
== inf_starting
)
3905 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3906 insert_breakpoints. */
3907 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
3908 w
->val_valid
= false;
3918 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3919 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
3920 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3921 moribund_locations
.clear ();
3924 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3925 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3926 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3927 match, not program space. */
3929 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3930 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3931 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3932 permanent breakpoint.
3933 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3934 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3935 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3936 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3937 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3939 enum breakpoint_here
3940 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3942 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3943 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3945 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3947 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3948 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3951 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3952 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3954 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3956 if (overlay_debugging
3957 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3958 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3959 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3960 else if (bl
->permanent
)
3961 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3963 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3967 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
3970 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3973 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
3974 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3976 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3978 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3980 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3981 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3984 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3986 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
3989 if (overlay_debugging
3990 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3991 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3993 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4004 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4007 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4009 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4010 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4016 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4020 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4021 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4024 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4027 if (overlay_debugging
4028 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4029 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4030 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4037 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4040 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4042 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4044 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4046 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4048 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4049 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4052 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4058 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4062 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4065 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4067 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4069 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4071 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4074 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4081 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4084 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4087 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4089 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4091 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4093 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4096 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4104 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4105 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4107 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4109 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4111 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4113 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4114 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4117 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4120 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4121 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4125 /* Check for intersection. */
4126 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4127 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4135 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4138 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4140 return (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4143 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4146 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4148 if (bp_location_at
!= NULL
)
4149 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at
);
4152 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4153 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4156 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4173 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4175 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4176 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4177 commands (other
.commands
),
4178 print (other
.print
),
4180 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4182 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4183 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4184 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at
);
4187 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4188 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4191 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4195 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4200 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4202 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4205 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4215 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4218 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4223 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4225 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4231 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4234 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4236 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4238 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4240 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4242 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4247 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4256 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4257 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4258 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4259 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4261 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4262 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4264 Return 1 otherwise. */
4267 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4269 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4272 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4274 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4275 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4276 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4277 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4278 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4280 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4282 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4286 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4289 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4293 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4296 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4297 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4299 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4300 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4304 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4307 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4309 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4311 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4313 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4314 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4315 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4316 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4317 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4321 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4324 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4325 or its equivalent. */
4328 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4330 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4333 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4334 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4335 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4336 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4338 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4339 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4340 bpstat of the current thread. */
4343 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4348 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4350 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4353 scoped_restore save_executing
4354 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4356 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4358 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4361 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4362 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4364 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4366 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4368 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4369 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4370 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4371 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4372 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4373 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4374 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4375 the tree when we're done. */
4376 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4377 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4380 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4382 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4388 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4390 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4396 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4398 if (current_ui
->async
)
4399 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4400 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4401 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4404 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4405 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4406 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4407 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4408 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4409 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4410 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4411 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4412 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4413 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4414 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4415 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4416 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4424 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4425 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4427 static thread_info
*
4428 get_bpstat_thread ()
4430 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution
)
4433 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4434 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing
)
4440 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4442 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4445 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4446 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4448 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4449 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4450 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4451 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4452 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4456 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4459 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4462 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4465 fprintf_styled (stream
, metadata_style
.style (), _("<unreadable>"));
4468 struct value_print_options opts
;
4469 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4470 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4474 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4475 debugging multiple threads. */
4478 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4480 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4485 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4488 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4490 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4491 uiout
->field_string ("thread-id", print_thread_id (thr
));
4493 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4496 uiout
->text (" \"");
4497 uiout
->field_string ("name", name
);
4501 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4505 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4506 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4507 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4508 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4511 static enum print_stop_action
4512 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4514 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4517 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4518 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4522 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4523 relevant messages. */
4524 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4527 case print_it_normal
:
4529 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4531 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4532 which has since been deleted. */
4534 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4536 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4537 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4542 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4543 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4548 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4551 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4553 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4554 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4558 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4559 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4561 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4562 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4565 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4566 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4567 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4571 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4572 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4573 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4575 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4578 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4579 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4580 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4586 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4587 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4589 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4592 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4594 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4595 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4600 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4601 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4602 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4603 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4604 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4605 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4606 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4609 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4610 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4611 code to print the location. An example is
4612 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4614 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4615 to also print the location part of the message.
4616 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4617 don't require a location appended to the end.
4618 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4619 further info to be printed. */
4621 enum print_stop_action
4622 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4624 enum print_stop_action val
;
4626 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4627 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4628 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4629 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4630 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4632 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4633 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4634 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4635 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4639 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4640 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4641 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4642 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4644 print_solib_event (0);
4645 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4648 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4649 with and nothing was printed. */
4650 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4653 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4656 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4658 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4659 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4661 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4665 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4667 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4669 bp_location_at (bl
),
4670 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4674 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4676 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4677 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4678 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4683 bp_location_at (NULL
),
4684 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4688 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4692 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4693 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4696 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4698 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4700 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4702 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4704 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4705 as not triggered. */
4707 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4709 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4711 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4717 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_top_target (), &addr
))
4719 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4720 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4722 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4724 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4726 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4732 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4733 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4737 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4739 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4740 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4742 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4743 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4745 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4747 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4748 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4750 if (newaddr
== start
)
4752 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4756 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4757 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (current_top_target (),
4761 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4770 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4771 enum wp_check_result
4773 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4776 /* The value has changed. */
4777 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4779 /* The value has not changed. */
4780 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4782 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4786 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4787 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4789 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4792 static wp_check_result
4793 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4795 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4796 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4797 int within_current_scope
;
4799 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4800 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4801 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4803 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4804 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4805 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4806 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4809 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4810 within_current_scope
= 1;
4813 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4814 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4815 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4817 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4818 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4819 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4820 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4821 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4822 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4823 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4824 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4825 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4826 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4829 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4830 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4832 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4833 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4834 if (within_current_scope
)
4836 struct symbol
*function
;
4838 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4839 if (function
== NULL
4840 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4841 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4842 within_current_scope
= 0;
4845 if (within_current_scope
)
4846 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4847 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4852 if (within_current_scope
)
4854 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4855 time before we return to the command level and call
4856 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4857 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4861 struct value
*new_val
;
4863 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4864 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4865 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4866 a mask watchpoint. */
4867 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4869 mark
= value_mark ();
4870 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4872 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4873 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4875 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4876 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4877 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4878 not what we want. */
4879 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4880 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4883 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4884 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4885 b
->val_valid
= true;
4886 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4887 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4888 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4892 /* Nothing changed. */
4893 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4894 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4899 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4900 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4901 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4902 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4903 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4904 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4905 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4906 the first value assigned). */
4907 /* We print all the stop information in
4908 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4909 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4910 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4913 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4915 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4917 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4919 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4920 uiout
->message ("\nWatchpoint %pF deleted because the program has "
4921 "left the block in\n"
4922 "which its expression is valid.\n",
4923 signed_field ("wpnum", b
->number
));
4926 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4928 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4934 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4935 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4936 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4939 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4940 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4941 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4943 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4945 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4946 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4948 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4951 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4952 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4955 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4957 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4958 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4960 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4961 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4962 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4963 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4964 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4967 int must_check_value
= 0;
4969 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4970 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4972 must_check_value
= 1;
4973 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4974 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4975 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4977 must_check_value
= 1;
4978 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4979 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4980 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4981 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4982 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4983 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4984 must_check_value
= 1;
4986 if (must_check_value
)
4992 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
4994 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
4996 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
4997 "Error evaluating expression "
4998 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5001 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5003 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5006 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5013 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5014 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5018 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5021 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5022 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5024 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5026 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5027 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5028 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5029 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5030 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5031 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5032 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5035 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5036 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5039 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5040 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5041 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5042 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5044 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5045 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5046 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5049 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5050 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5051 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5052 changes. This still gives false positives when
5053 the program writes the same value to memory as
5054 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5055 it for a read), but it's much better than
5058 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5060 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5062 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5064 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5065 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5066 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5068 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5069 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5071 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5072 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5074 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5080 if (other_write_watchpoint
5081 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5083 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5084 and the value changed since the last time we
5085 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5087 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5092 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5093 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5094 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5096 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5097 the value hasn't changed. */
5098 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5108 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5110 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5111 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5112 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5113 anything for this watchpoint. */
5114 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5120 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5121 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5122 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5123 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5126 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5128 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5129 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5131 bool condition_result
= true;
5132 struct expression
*cond
;
5134 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5136 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5137 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5138 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5139 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5140 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5142 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5143 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5144 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5146 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5147 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5153 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5154 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5156 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5157 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5163 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5165 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5167 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5169 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5171 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5174 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5176 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5178 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5179 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5181 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5182 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5183 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5184 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5186 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5188 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5189 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5193 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5194 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5195 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5196 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5197 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5199 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5200 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5203 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5205 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5206 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5207 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5208 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5209 really matter which instantiation of the function
5210 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5211 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5212 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5213 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5214 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5215 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5216 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5217 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5219 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5221 select_frame (frame
);
5223 within_current_scope
= 0;
5225 if (within_current_scope
)
5229 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5231 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5233 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5234 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5239 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5240 "in the current scope"));
5241 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5242 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5244 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5245 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5248 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5252 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5256 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5258 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5262 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5263 on the current target. */
5266 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5268 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5269 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5270 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5271 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5274 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5277 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5278 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5280 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5281 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5285 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5288 for (bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5290 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5291 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5292 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5293 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5294 checked all locations already. */
5295 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5298 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5301 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5304 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5307 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5310 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5311 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5312 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5316 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5317 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5318 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5320 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5322 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5324 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5329 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5330 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5331 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5333 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5335 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5336 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5338 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5339 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5342 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5350 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5353 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5354 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5355 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
,
5358 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5359 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5360 bpstat bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5362 int need_remove_insert
;
5365 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5366 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5367 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5368 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5369 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5370 inferior function calls. */
5371 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5372 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5374 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5375 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5376 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5378 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5380 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5382 handle_solib_event ();
5387 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5388 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5389 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5393 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5398 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5399 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5402 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5407 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5409 /* We will stop here. */
5410 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5412 --(b
->enable_count
);
5413 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5414 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5419 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5420 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5421 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5424 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5429 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5431 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5432 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5435 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5436 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5437 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5439 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5440 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5441 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5443 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5444 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5446 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5448 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5449 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5452 if (need_remove_insert
)
5453 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5454 else if (removed_any
)
5455 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5461 handle_jit_event (void)
5463 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5464 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5467 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5469 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5470 breakpoint_re_set. */
5471 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5473 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5474 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5476 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5478 target_terminal::inferior ();
5481 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5483 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5486 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5488 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5491 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5492 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5493 retval
.is_longjmp
= false;
5495 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5497 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5498 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5499 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5502 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5504 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5505 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5509 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5516 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5517 case bp_single_step
:
5520 case bp_shlib_event
:
5524 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5526 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5529 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5532 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5533 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5534 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5538 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5540 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5544 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5545 This requires no further action. */
5549 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5553 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5554 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5557 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5559 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5560 case bp_exception_resume
:
5563 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5564 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5567 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5569 case bp_step_resume
:
5571 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5574 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5575 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5578 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5580 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5583 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5584 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5587 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5588 case bp_thread_event
:
5589 case bp_overlay_event
:
5590 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5591 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5592 case bp_exception_master
:
5593 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5599 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5601 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5605 /* Some catchpoints are implemented with breakpoints.
5606 For those, we need to step over the breakpoint. */
5607 if (bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
)
5608 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5612 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5615 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5616 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5617 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5618 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5620 case bp_std_terminate
:
5621 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5622 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5623 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5624 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5627 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5628 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5629 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5630 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5632 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5633 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5635 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5636 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5637 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5639 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5640 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5641 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5642 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5647 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5649 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5653 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5654 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5657 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5664 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5668 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5670 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5677 handle_jit_event ();
5679 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5680 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5682 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5683 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5689 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5692 bpstat_should_step ()
5694 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5697 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5702 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5705 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5707 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5716 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5717 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5718 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5721 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5723 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5724 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5728 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5730 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5732 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5733 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5734 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5739 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5745 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5746 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5748 "host": Host evals condition.
5749 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5750 "target": Target evals condition.
5754 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5756 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5757 char host_evals
= 0;
5758 char target_evals
= 0;
5763 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5766 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5767 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5768 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5770 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5772 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5778 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5779 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5780 else if (target_evals
)
5781 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5783 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5786 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5787 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5790 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5792 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5795 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5796 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5797 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5799 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5800 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5802 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5805 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5808 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5809 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5811 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5813 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5815 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5819 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5821 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5822 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5823 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5825 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5829 uiout
->text ("in ");
5830 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
5831 function_name_style
.style ());
5833 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5834 uiout
->text ("at ");
5836 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5837 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
5838 file_name_style
.style ());
5841 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5842 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5844 uiout
->field_signed ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5850 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5852 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5856 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5857 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5858 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5859 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5860 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5861 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5863 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5867 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
5871 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5872 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5873 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5876 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5877 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5883 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5885 struct ep_type_description
5888 const char *description
;
5890 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5892 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5893 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5894 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5895 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5896 {bp_until
, "until"},
5897 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5898 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5899 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5900 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5901 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5902 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5903 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5904 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5905 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5906 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5907 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5908 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5909 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5910 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5911 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5912 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5913 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5914 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5915 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5916 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5917 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5918 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5919 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5920 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5921 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5922 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5923 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5924 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5925 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5928 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5929 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5930 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5931 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5934 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5937 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5938 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5941 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5942 const char *field_name
,
5943 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
5946 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
5948 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5949 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5950 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5953 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
5955 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
5961 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
5962 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
5967 uiout
->text (" inf ");
5971 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
5976 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. If RAW_LOC, print raw breakpoint locations
5977 instead of going via breakpoint_ops::print_one. This makes "maint
5978 info breakpoints" show the software breakpoint locations of
5979 catchpoints, which are considered internal implementation
5983 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5984 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5986 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5987 int allflag
, bool raw_loc
)
5989 struct command_line
*l
;
5990 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5992 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5993 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5994 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5995 struct value_print_options opts
;
5997 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5999 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6000 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6001 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6004 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6005 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6013 if (part_of_multiple
)
6014 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6016 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
6020 if (part_of_multiple
)
6021 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6023 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6027 if (part_of_multiple
)
6028 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6030 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6034 if (part_of_multiple
)
6035 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6037 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6040 if (!raw_loc
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6041 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6044 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6046 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6048 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6049 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6050 is relatively readable). */
6051 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6052 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6054 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6056 else if (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6057 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6059 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6062 if (header_of_multiple
)
6063 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>",
6064 metadata_style
.style ());
6065 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6066 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>",
6067 metadata_style
.style ());
6069 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6070 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6073 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6074 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6080 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6082 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6085 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6087 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6088 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6091 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6092 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6094 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6095 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6096 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6097 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6098 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6099 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6101 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6104 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6106 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6108 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6109 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6110 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6111 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6113 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6115 uiout
->text (" task ");
6116 uiout
->field_signed ("task", b
->task
);
6122 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6123 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6125 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6128 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6129 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6131 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6132 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6136 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6139 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6140 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6142 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6143 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6145 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6146 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6147 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6148 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6149 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6151 uiout
->message (" (%pF evals)",
6152 string_field ("evaluated-by",
6153 bp_condition_evaluator (b
)));
6158 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6160 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6161 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6162 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6163 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6166 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6168 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6173 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6177 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6178 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6179 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6180 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6181 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6183 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6184 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6185 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6186 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6187 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6189 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6193 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6194 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6195 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6199 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6202 uiout
->message ("\tignore next %pF hits\n",
6203 signed_field ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
));
6206 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6207 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6208 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6209 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6212 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6213 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6214 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6215 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6216 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6218 uiout
->text ("next ");
6219 uiout
->field_signed ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6220 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6223 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6225 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6227 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6229 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6230 uiout
->field_signed ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6231 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6235 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6236 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6239 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6240 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6243 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6245 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6247 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6249 annotate_field (10);
6250 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6251 uiout
->field_signed ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6252 uiout
->text (" \n");
6255 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6257 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6259 annotate_field (11);
6261 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6262 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6263 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6269 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6270 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6275 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6277 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6279 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6281 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6283 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6284 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6285 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6286 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6290 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6292 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
= false;
6295 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6296 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6299 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6300 bool use_fixed_output
6301 = (uiout
->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output
)
6302 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
);
6304 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6305 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
, false);
6307 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6309 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6310 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6312 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6313 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6314 locations, if any. */
6316 || b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
6319 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6320 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6321 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6324 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6325 internally, that's not a property exposed to users.
6327 Likewise, while catchpoints may be implemented with
6328 breakpoints (e.g., catch throw), that's not a property
6329 exposed to users. We do however display the internal
6330 breakpoint locations with "maint info breakpoints". */
6331 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6332 && (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6333 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6335 || (b
->loc
&& (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))))
6337 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6339 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6340 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6342 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6343 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6346 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6348 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6349 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
6357 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6359 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6360 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6362 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6363 address to print. */
6364 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6367 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6371 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6372 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6373 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6376 return print_address_bits
;
6379 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6382 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6384 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6385 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6388 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6389 internal or momentary. */
6392 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6394 return b
->number
> 0;
6397 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6400 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6402 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6405 /* Print information on breakpoints (including watchpoints and tracepoints).
6407 If non-NULL, BP_NUM_LIST is a list of numbers and number ranges as
6408 understood by number_or_range_parser. Only breakpoints included in this
6409 list are then printed.
6411 If SHOW_INTERNAL is true, print internal breakpoints.
6413 If FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6414 ones for which it returns true.
6416 Return the total number of breakpoints listed. */
6419 breakpoint_1 (const char *bp_num_list
, bool show_internal
,
6420 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6422 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6423 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6424 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6425 struct value_print_options opts
;
6426 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6427 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6428 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6430 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6432 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6433 required for address fields. */
6434 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6437 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6438 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6441 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6442 accept. Skip the others. */
6443 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6445 if (show_internal
&& parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6447 if (!show_internal
&& !number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6451 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6453 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6455 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6456 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6457 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6459 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6460 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6461 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6463 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6468 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6469 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6470 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6473 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6474 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6475 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6477 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6478 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6480 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6481 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6483 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6484 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6486 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6487 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6489 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6491 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6492 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6494 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6496 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6498 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6499 uiout
->table_body ();
6500 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6501 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6506 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6507 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6510 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6511 accept. Skip the others. */
6513 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6515 if (show_internal
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6517 if (parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6520 else /* all others */
6522 if (!number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6526 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6527 show_internal is set. */
6528 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6529 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, show_internal
);
6533 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6535 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6539 if (bp_num_list
== NULL
|| *bp_num_list
== '\0')
6540 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6542 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6548 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6549 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6552 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6553 there have been breakpoints? */
6554 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6556 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6559 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6560 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6563 default_collect_info (void)
6565 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6567 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6568 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6570 if (!*default_collect
)
6573 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6575 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6576 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6577 uiout
->text (" \n");
6581 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6583 breakpoint_1 (args
, false, NULL
);
6585 default_collect_info ();
6589 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6591 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_watchpoint
);
6592 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6594 if (num_printed
== 0)
6596 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6597 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6599 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6604 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6606 breakpoint_1 (args
, true, NULL
);
6608 default_collect_info ();
6612 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6613 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6614 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6616 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6618 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6620 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6621 && bl
->address
== pc
6622 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6628 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6629 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6633 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6634 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6635 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6638 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6641 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6642 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6646 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6647 else /* if (others == ???) */
6648 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6650 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6653 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6654 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6655 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6656 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6657 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6658 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6659 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6660 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6664 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6666 current_uiout
->message (_("also set at pc %ps.\n"),
6667 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
6668 paddress (gdbarch
, pc
)));
6673 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of LOC.
6674 For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members are
6675 irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to
6676 other addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6678 More specifically, software watchpoints and catchpoints that are
6679 not backed by breakpoints always have a zero valued location
6680 address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of these types
6681 to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint location at address
6685 bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
)
6687 return loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
;
6690 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6691 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6694 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6695 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6697 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6698 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6700 /* Both of them must exist. */
6701 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6702 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6704 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6705 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6706 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6707 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6708 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6709 other watchpoint. */
6711 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6713 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6714 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6716 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6718 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6719 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6722 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6723 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6724 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6725 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6726 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6727 become hw_access locations later. */
6728 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6729 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6730 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6731 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6734 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6737 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6738 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6740 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6741 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6745 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6746 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6747 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6748 space doesn't really matter. */
6751 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6753 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6756 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6757 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6758 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6761 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6762 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6763 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6764 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6767 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6768 const address_space
*aspace
,
6771 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6774 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6775 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6779 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6780 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6781 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6782 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6783 doesn't really matter. */
6786 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6787 const address_space
*aspace
,
6788 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6790 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6791 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6793 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6795 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6801 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6802 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6803 true, otherwise returns false. */
6806 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6807 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6809 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6810 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6811 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6812 different locations. */
6813 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6818 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6819 (bl_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent
6820 the same location. */
6823 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6824 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6826 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6828 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6829 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6830 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6832 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6833 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6835 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6838 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6839 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6840 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6842 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6843 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6844 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6845 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6849 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6850 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6852 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6853 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6857 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6858 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6860 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6861 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6863 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6866 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6867 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6868 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6869 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6872 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6873 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6875 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6876 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6877 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6878 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6879 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6881 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6882 have their addresses modified. */
6885 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6887 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6888 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6889 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6890 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6891 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6892 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6897 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
6899 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6901 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6902 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6903 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6906 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
6908 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6909 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6911 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6912 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6914 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6919 bp_location_from_bp_type (bptype type
)
6924 case bp_single_step
:
6928 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6929 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6931 case bp_exception_resume
:
6932 case bp_step_resume
:
6933 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6934 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6936 case bp_std_terminate
:
6937 case bp_shlib_event
:
6938 case bp_thread_event
:
6939 case bp_overlay_event
:
6941 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6942 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6943 case bp_exception_master
:
6944 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6945 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6947 return bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6948 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6949 return bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6950 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6951 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6952 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6953 return bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6957 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6958 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6959 return bp_loc_other
;
6961 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6965 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
, bp_loc_type type
)
6967 this->owner
= owner
;
6968 this->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6969 this->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6972 this->loc_type
= type
;
6974 if (this->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
6975 || this->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
6976 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (this);
6981 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
6982 : bp_location::bp_location (owner
,
6983 bp_location_from_bp_type (owner
->type
))
6987 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6989 static struct bp_location
*
6990 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6992 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6996 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7001 /* Increment reference count. */
7004 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7009 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7010 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7013 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7015 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7017 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7018 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7022 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7025 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7027 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7028 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7030 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7031 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7033 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7035 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7040 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7046 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7049 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7050 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7052 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7054 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7058 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7059 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7060 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7061 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7064 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7065 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7067 static struct breakpoint
*
7068 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7070 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7072 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7074 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7075 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7078 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7081 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7083 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7085 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7086 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7087 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7089 const char *function_name
;
7091 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7092 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7093 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
))
7095 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7097 function_name
= loc
->msymbol
->linkage_name ();
7099 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7100 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7102 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7103 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7104 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7105 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7107 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7111 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7114 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7118 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7120 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7123 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7125 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7130 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7131 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7132 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7134 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7135 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7136 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7139 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7140 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7141 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7143 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7145 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7147 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7148 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7150 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7151 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7153 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7154 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7157 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7158 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7159 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7160 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7161 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7162 is also returned as the value of this function.
7164 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7165 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7166 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7167 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7168 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7169 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7170 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7173 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7174 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7175 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7177 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7179 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7180 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7183 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7184 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7185 initiated the operation. */
7188 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7190 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7191 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7193 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7194 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7195 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7196 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7197 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7198 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7199 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7200 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7202 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7203 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7205 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7206 after their removal. */
7207 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7208 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7209 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7212 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7215 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7217 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7219 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7221 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7222 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7224 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7225 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7230 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7232 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7234 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7235 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7237 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7238 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7242 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7243 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7244 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7248 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7250 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7253 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7255 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7257 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7258 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7260 new_b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7262 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7264 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7267 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7268 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7269 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7270 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7276 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7277 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7280 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7281 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7285 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7287 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7289 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7290 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7292 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7294 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7295 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7296 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7297 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7300 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7302 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7304 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7305 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7306 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7308 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7313 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7315 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7318 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7320 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7321 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7322 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7327 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7329 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7332 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7334 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7335 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7336 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7340 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7341 master breakpoint. */
7343 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7345 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7347 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7348 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7349 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7351 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7352 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7356 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7358 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7360 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7362 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7363 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7364 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7368 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7370 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7372 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7373 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7375 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7376 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7377 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7379 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7384 struct lang_and_radix
7390 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7393 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7395 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7396 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7399 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7402 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7404 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7406 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7407 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7408 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7409 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7413 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7415 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7417 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7418 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7419 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7420 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7423 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7426 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7428 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7430 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7431 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7432 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7433 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7436 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7437 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7438 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7440 static struct breakpoint
*
7441 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7442 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7444 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7446 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7447 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7448 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7453 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7455 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7458 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7461 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7463 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7465 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7467 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7468 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7470 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7476 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7477 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7480 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7482 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7484 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7486 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7487 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7489 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7490 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7491 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7492 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7493 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7494 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7495 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7496 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7497 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7498 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7499 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7500 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7503 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7508 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7509 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7510 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7513 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7515 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7516 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7518 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7520 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7521 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7523 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7524 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7525 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7526 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7527 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7528 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7529 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7530 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7531 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7533 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7534 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7535 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7536 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7539 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7540 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7542 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7544 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7545 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7546 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7549 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7554 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7555 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7556 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7559 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7561 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7563 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7566 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7567 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7568 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7569 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7570 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7571 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7572 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7573 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7574 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7575 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7577 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7578 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7583 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7584 int bp_modified
= 0;
7586 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7589 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7591 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7593 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7594 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7597 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7600 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7603 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7604 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7607 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7609 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7610 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7611 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7612 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7613 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7616 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7623 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7627 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7629 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7630 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7631 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7633 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7635 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7636 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7637 catchpoint has triggered. */
7638 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7641 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7645 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7647 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7650 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7654 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7656 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7659 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7663 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7664 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7665 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7667 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7669 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7672 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7676 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7679 static enum print_stop_action
7680 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7682 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7683 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7684 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7686 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7687 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7688 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7689 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7691 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7692 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7694 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7695 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7697 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7698 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7699 uiout
->field_signed ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7700 uiout
->text ("), ");
7701 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7704 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7708 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7710 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7711 struct value_print_options opts
;
7712 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7714 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7716 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7717 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7719 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7720 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7722 uiout
->text ("fork");
7723 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7725 uiout
->text (", process ");
7726 uiout
->field_signed ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7730 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7731 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7734 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7738 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7740 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7743 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7747 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7749 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7750 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7753 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7755 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7757 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7761 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7763 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7766 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7770 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7772 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7775 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7779 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7780 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7781 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7783 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7785 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7788 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7792 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7795 static enum print_stop_action
7796 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7798 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7799 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7800 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7802 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7803 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7804 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7805 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7807 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7808 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7810 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7811 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7813 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7814 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7815 uiout
->field_signed ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7816 uiout
->text ("), ");
7817 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7820 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7824 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7826 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7827 struct value_print_options opts
;
7828 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7830 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7831 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7832 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7834 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7835 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7837 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7838 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7840 uiout
->text (", process ");
7841 uiout
->field_signed ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7845 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7846 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7849 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7853 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7855 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7858 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7862 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7864 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7865 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7868 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7870 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7872 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7873 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7874 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7876 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7878 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
7880 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7881 unsigned char is_load
;
7883 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7884 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7886 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7889 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7891 xfree (this->regex
);
7895 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7901 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7907 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7908 const address_space
*aspace
,
7910 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7912 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7913 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7915 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7918 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7920 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7922 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7925 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7928 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
7931 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7933 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7942 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7944 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7945 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7949 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
7952 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7958 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
7961 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7967 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7970 static enum print_stop_action
7971 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7973 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7974 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7976 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7977 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7978 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7979 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7981 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7982 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7984 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7985 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7986 print_solib_event (1);
7987 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7991 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7993 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7994 struct value_print_options opts
;
7995 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7997 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7998 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7999 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8001 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8004 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8012 msg
= string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8014 msg
= _("load of library");
8019 msg
= string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8021 msg
= _("unload of library");
8023 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8025 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8026 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8030 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8032 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8034 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8035 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8039 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8041 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8043 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8044 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8045 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8047 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8048 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8051 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8053 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8054 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8055 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8056 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8057 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8058 created in an enabled state. */
8061 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8063 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8067 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8069 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8073 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8074 _("Invalid regexp")));
8075 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8078 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8079 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8080 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8082 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8084 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8087 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8091 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8092 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8095 const int enabled
= 1;
8097 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8099 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8103 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8104 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8106 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8110 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8111 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8113 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8116 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8117 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8118 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8119 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8122 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8123 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8124 const char *cond_string
,
8125 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8127 symtab_and_line sal
;
8128 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8130 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8132 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8133 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8137 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8139 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8140 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8141 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8142 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8145 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8148 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8152 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8153 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8154 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8156 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8158 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8160 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8162 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8165 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8167 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8168 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8169 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8171 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8173 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8175 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8176 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8178 char *exec_pathname
;
8181 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8183 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8185 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8189 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8191 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8195 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8197 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8201 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8202 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8203 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8205 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8207 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8210 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8214 static enum print_stop_action
8215 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8217 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8218 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8219 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8221 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8222 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8223 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8224 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8226 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8227 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8229 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8230 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8232 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8233 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8234 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8235 uiout
->text ("), ");
8237 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8241 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8243 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8244 struct value_print_options opts
;
8245 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8247 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8249 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8250 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8251 is relatively readable). */
8252 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8253 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8255 uiout
->text ("exec");
8256 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8258 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8259 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8260 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8263 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8264 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8268 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8270 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8273 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8277 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8279 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8280 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8283 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8286 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8289 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8290 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8294 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8295 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8297 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8299 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8306 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8310 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8313 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8315 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8318 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8320 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8322 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8328 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8329 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8330 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8331 types _not_ TYPE. */
8334 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8335 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8338 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8340 *other_type_used
= 0;
8345 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8348 if (b
->type
== type
)
8349 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8350 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8351 *other_type_used
= 1;
8358 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8360 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8364 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8366 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8367 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8373 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8375 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8379 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8381 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8382 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8388 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8390 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8391 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8395 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8397 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8398 breakpoint_re_set ();
8401 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8404 static struct breakpoint
*
8405 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8407 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8409 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8410 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8412 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8413 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8416 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8418 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8421 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8422 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8426 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8427 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8429 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8431 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8433 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8435 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8436 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8437 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8438 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8440 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
8442 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8444 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8447 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8448 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8449 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8451 static struct breakpoint
*
8452 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8454 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8457 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8459 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8460 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8461 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
8463 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8464 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8465 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8466 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8467 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8468 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8469 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8470 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8471 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8472 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8473 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8474 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8476 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8477 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8478 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8480 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8484 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8488 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8490 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8494 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8498 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8501 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8503 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8505 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8506 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8508 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8512 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8515 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8517 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8518 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8520 printf_filtered ("\n");
8524 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8526 static struct bp_location
*
8527 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8528 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8530 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8531 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8532 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8534 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8535 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8537 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8538 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8539 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8540 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8541 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8542 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8543 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8546 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8547 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8548 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8549 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8554 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8555 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8556 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8557 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8558 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8559 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8560 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8561 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8562 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8563 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8564 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8565 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8566 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8568 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
8570 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8571 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8572 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8573 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8574 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8575 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8576 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8577 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8578 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8579 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8580 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8581 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8583 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8590 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8593 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8597 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8598 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8601 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8603 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8607 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
8609 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8610 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8611 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8612 scoped_restore restore_memory
8613 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8615 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8616 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8622 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8623 return 0 otherwise. */
8626 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8628 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8630 /* If we have a non-breakpoint-backed catchpoint or a software
8631 watchpoint, just return 0. We should not attempt to read from
8632 the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types point to.
8633 program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8635 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
8638 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8639 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8640 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8643 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8644 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8647 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8649 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8650 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8655 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8657 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8659 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8661 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8663 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8664 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8666 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8667 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8668 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8670 if (!dprintf_function
)
8671 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8673 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8674 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8679 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8683 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8685 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8686 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8689 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8690 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8694 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8695 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8697 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8699 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8700 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8701 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
);
8702 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8703 command_lines_deleter ()));
8706 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8707 current style settings. */
8710 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8711 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8713 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8717 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8718 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8722 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8723 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8724 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8725 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8728 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8729 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8730 event_location_up
&&location
,
8731 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8732 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8733 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8734 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8735 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8736 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8737 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8738 int display_canonical
)
8742 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8744 int target_resources_ok
;
8746 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8747 target_resources_ok
=
8748 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8750 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8751 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8752 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8753 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8756 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8758 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8760 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8764 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8766 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8768 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8769 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8772 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8774 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8778 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8779 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8780 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8781 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8782 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8784 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8785 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8787 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8789 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8790 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8792 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8794 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8795 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8797 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8800 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8802 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8804 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8806 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8808 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8810 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8812 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8814 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8816 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8819 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8820 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8827 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8828 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8834 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
8836 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
8837 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
8839 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
8842 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8843 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8844 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8846 if (b
->extra_string
)
8847 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8849 error (_("Format string required"));
8851 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8852 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8855 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8856 if (location
!= NULL
)
8857 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8859 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8860 b
->filter
= std::move (filter
);
8864 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8865 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8866 event_location_up
&&location
,
8867 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8868 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8869 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8870 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8871 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8872 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8873 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8874 int display_canonical
)
8876 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8878 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8879 sals
, std::move (location
),
8881 std::move (cond_string
),
8882 std::move (extra_string
),
8884 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8886 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8889 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8892 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8893 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8894 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8895 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8896 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8897 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8898 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8899 we take just a single condition string.
8901 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8902 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8903 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8904 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8905 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8908 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8909 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8910 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8911 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8912 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8913 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8914 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8915 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8917 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8918 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8920 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8922 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8923 'break', without arguments. */
8924 event_location_up location
8925 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
8926 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
8927 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8928 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8930 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8931 std::move (location
),
8932 std::move (filter_string
),
8933 std::move (cond_string
),
8934 std::move (extra_string
),
8936 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8937 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8938 canonical
->special_display
);
8942 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8943 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8944 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
8945 linespec locations).
8947 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8948 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8951 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
8952 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
8954 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
8956 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
8958 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
8962 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
8963 breakpoint address. */
8964 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8966 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8967 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
8968 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
8969 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
8970 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
8971 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
8972 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
8974 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8976 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8977 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8978 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8979 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8980 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8982 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8984 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
8986 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
8988 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
8992 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8996 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8997 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8998 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8999 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9001 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9002 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9003 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9004 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9006 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9008 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9009 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9013 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9016 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9017 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9018 get_last_displayed_line (),
9019 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9024 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9025 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9029 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9030 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9033 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9035 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9036 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9039 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9040 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9041 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9042 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9043 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9047 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9048 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9050 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9052 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9054 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9055 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9056 associated with SAL. */
9060 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9061 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9062 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9066 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9067 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9068 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9069 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9070 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9071 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9074 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9075 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9078 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9085 const char *end_tok
;
9087 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9088 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9090 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9092 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9094 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9098 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9100 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9102 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9104 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9105 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9107 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9109 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9112 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9115 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9117 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9118 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9121 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9126 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9128 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9129 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9130 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9135 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9139 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9143 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9145 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9146 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9148 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9151 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9153 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9155 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9157 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9158 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9159 if (markers
.empty ())
9160 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9161 marker_str
.c_str ());
9163 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9164 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9166 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9168 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9169 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9170 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9177 /* Returns the breakpoint ops appropriate for use with with LOCATION_TYPE and
9178 according to IS_TRACEPOINT. */
9180 static const struct breakpoint_ops
*
9181 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type (enum event_location_type location_type
,
9186 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
9187 return &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9189 return &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9193 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
9194 return &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9196 return &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9200 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9202 const struct breakpoint_ops
*
9203 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
9206 if (location
!= nullptr)
9207 return breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type
9208 (event_location_type (location
), is_tracepoint
);
9209 return is_tracepoint
? &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
: &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9212 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9215 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9216 const struct event_location
*location
,
9217 const char *cond_string
,
9218 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9220 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9222 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9223 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9224 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9227 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9230 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9232 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9234 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9235 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9236 extra_string
= NULL
;
9240 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9242 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9244 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9246 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9248 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9251 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9254 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9256 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9257 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9258 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9259 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9260 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9263 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9264 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9265 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9266 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9273 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9276 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9277 are ok for the target. */
9280 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9281 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9284 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9285 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9287 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9288 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9291 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9292 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9296 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9297 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9304 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9306 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9307 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9308 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9309 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9311 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9312 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9313 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9314 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9318 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9319 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9320 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9322 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9324 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9325 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9327 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9330 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9331 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9332 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9334 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9335 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9336 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9340 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9342 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9343 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9346 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9349 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9350 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9354 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9355 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9356 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9357 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9358 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9359 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9360 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9361 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9362 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9364 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9367 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9369 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9370 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9371 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9374 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9379 /* Set a breakpoint.
9380 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9381 condition, and thread.
9382 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9383 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9387 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9389 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9390 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9391 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9394 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9395 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
9396 (location
.get (), false /* is_tracepoint */);
9398 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9400 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9401 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9402 0 /* Ignore count */,
9403 pending_break_support
,
9411 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9414 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9418 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9420 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9421 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9422 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9425 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9426 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9427 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9428 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9431 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9433 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9434 const struct block
*b
;
9437 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9438 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9441 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9444 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9445 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9450 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9451 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9452 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9453 happen in assembly source). */
9455 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9456 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9458 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9460 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9467 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9469 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9473 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9475 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9479 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9481 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9485 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9487 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9491 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9493 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9494 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9495 stop at <line>\n"));
9499 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9505 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9507 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9510 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9511 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9512 function/method name. */
9513 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9515 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9520 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9522 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9526 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9528 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9532 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9536 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9540 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9543 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9544 it is probably a line number. */
9545 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9547 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9552 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9554 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9558 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9560 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9563 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9564 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9565 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9569 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9571 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9573 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9574 the next character must be ','. */
9577 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9578 error (_("Format string required"));
9581 /* Skip the comma. */
9586 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9588 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9590 0 /* Ignore count */,
9591 pending_break_support
,
9592 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9600 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9602 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9605 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9606 ranged breakpoints. */
9609 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9610 const address_space
*aspace
,
9612 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9614 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9615 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9618 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9619 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9622 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9623 ranged breakpoints. */
9626 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9628 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9631 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9632 ranged breakpoints. */
9634 static enum print_stop_action
9635 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9637 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9638 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9639 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9641 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9643 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9644 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9646 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9648 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9650 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9651 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9653 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9654 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9656 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9657 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9658 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9660 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9663 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9666 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9667 ranged breakpoints. */
9670 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9671 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9673 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9674 struct value_print_options opts
;
9675 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9677 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9678 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9680 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9682 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9683 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9684 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9685 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9687 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9691 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9692 ranged breakpoints. */
9695 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9696 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9698 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9699 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9704 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9705 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9707 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9708 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9709 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9710 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9711 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9715 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9716 ranged breakpoints. */
9719 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9721 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9722 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9725 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9727 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9728 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9729 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9732 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9733 ranged breakpoints. */
9736 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9738 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9739 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9740 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9741 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9744 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9746 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9748 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9749 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9750 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9751 last instruction of the given line. */
9754 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9758 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9759 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9760 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9767 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9769 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9771 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9778 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9781 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9783 const char *arg_start
;
9784 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9785 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9787 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9789 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9790 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9791 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9793 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9794 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9795 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9798 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9800 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9801 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9802 error(_("No address range specified."));
9805 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9807 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9810 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9811 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9812 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9814 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9816 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9817 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9818 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9820 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9821 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9823 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9824 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9826 /* Parse the end location. */
9830 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9831 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9832 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9833 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9834 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9835 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9837 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9838 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9839 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9841 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9842 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9844 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9845 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9846 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9847 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9849 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9851 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9852 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9853 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9855 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9857 /* Length overflowed. */
9858 error (_("Address range too large."));
9859 else if (length
== 1)
9861 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9862 the `hbreak' command. */
9863 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9868 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9869 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9870 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9871 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9872 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9873 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9874 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
9875 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
9876 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9879 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
9880 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9883 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9884 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9885 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9889 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9897 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9898 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
9901 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
9911 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
9912 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
9913 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
9914 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
9915 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
9917 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
9943 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
9946 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
9947 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
9952 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
9953 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
9954 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
9955 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9956 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9957 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9958 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9960 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9961 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9966 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9968 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9969 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9970 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9971 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9973 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9974 are always constant. */
9976 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
9978 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
9979 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
9980 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
9985 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
9986 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
9987 then it is not a constant. */
9996 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
9998 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10000 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10001 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10004 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10007 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10009 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10011 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10012 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10014 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10015 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10016 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10017 are loaded and unloaded.
10019 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10020 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10021 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10022 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10023 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10024 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10026 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10027 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10028 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10029 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10031 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10032 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10034 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10035 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10036 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10039 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10042 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10044 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10045 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10047 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10048 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10051 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10054 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10056 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10057 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10059 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10060 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10064 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10065 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10066 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10068 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10069 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10071 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10072 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10073 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10074 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10075 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10076 (did not match the data address). */
10077 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10078 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10085 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10087 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10089 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10092 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10093 hardware watchpoints. */
10096 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10098 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10099 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10101 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10104 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10105 hardware watchpoints. */
10108 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10110 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10111 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10114 static enum print_stop_action
10115 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10117 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10118 enum print_stop_action result
;
10119 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10120 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10122 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10124 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10125 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10127 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10128 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10132 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10135 case bp_watchpoint
:
10136 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10137 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10138 uiout
->field_string
10139 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10141 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10142 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10143 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10144 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10145 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10146 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10147 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10148 uiout
->text ("\n");
10149 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10150 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10153 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10154 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10155 uiout
->field_string
10156 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10158 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10159 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10160 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10161 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10162 uiout
->text ("\n");
10163 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10166 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10167 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10169 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10170 uiout
->field_string
10172 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10174 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10175 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10176 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10177 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10178 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10183 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10184 uiout
->field_string
10186 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10187 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10188 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10190 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10191 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10192 uiout
->text ("\n");
10193 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10196 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10202 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10206 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10208 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10209 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10210 const char *tuple_name
;
10214 case bp_watchpoint
:
10215 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10216 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10218 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10219 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10220 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10222 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10223 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10224 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10226 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10227 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10228 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10231 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10232 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10235 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10236 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10237 uiout
->text (": ");
10238 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10241 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10245 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10247 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10251 case bp_watchpoint
:
10252 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10253 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10255 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10256 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10258 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10259 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10262 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10263 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10266 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10267 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10270 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10274 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10276 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10277 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10278 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10284 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10286 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10288 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10289 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10292 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10294 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10296 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10297 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10300 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10301 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10304 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10306 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10308 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10309 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10312 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10313 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10316 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10318 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10320 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10323 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10324 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10327 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10332 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10333 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10335 static enum print_stop_action
10336 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10338 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10339 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10341 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10342 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10344 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10345 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10349 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10350 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10351 uiout
->field_string
10352 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10355 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10356 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10357 uiout
->field_string
10358 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10361 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10362 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10363 uiout
->field_string
10365 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10368 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10369 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10373 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10374 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10375 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10376 uiout
->text ("\n");
10378 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10379 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10382 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10383 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10386 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10387 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10389 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10391 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10392 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10394 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10395 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10396 uiout
->text ("\n");
10399 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10400 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10403 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10405 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10406 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10407 const char *tuple_name
;
10411 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10412 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10413 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10415 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10416 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10417 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10419 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10420 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10421 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10424 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10425 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10428 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10429 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10430 uiout
->text (": ");
10431 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10434 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10435 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10438 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10440 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10445 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10446 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10448 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10449 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10451 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10452 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10455 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10456 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10459 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10460 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10461 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10464 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10466 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10468 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10471 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10473 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10476 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10477 hw_read: watch read,
10478 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10480 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10481 int just_location
, int internal
)
10483 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10484 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10485 struct value
*result
;
10486 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10487 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10488 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10489 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10491 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10492 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10493 enum bptype bp_type
;
10496 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10497 the hardware watchpoint. */
10499 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10501 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10502 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10504 const char *value_start
;
10506 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10508 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10509 of the arguments string. */
10510 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10512 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10513 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10516 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10517 This is the value of the parameter. */
10518 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10520 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10522 /* Skip whitespace. */
10523 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10528 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10529 This is the parameter itself. */
10530 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10533 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10535 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10537 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10538 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10539 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10540 only in a specific thread. */
10544 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10546 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10547 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10549 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10550 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10551 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10553 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10555 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10557 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10558 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10560 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10563 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10565 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10567 mark
= value_mark ();
10568 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10569 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10570 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10573 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10576 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10577 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10584 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10585 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10587 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10588 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10589 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10590 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10592 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10593 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10595 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10598 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10599 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10603 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10604 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10606 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10609 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10610 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10611 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10612 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10615 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10617 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10618 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10626 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10627 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10628 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10632 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10635 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10636 else if (ret
== -2)
10637 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10640 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10641 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10643 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10644 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10646 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10647 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10649 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10650 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10651 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10653 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10654 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10655 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10660 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10662 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10664 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10666 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10668 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10669 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10670 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10671 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10672 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10674 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10676 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10678 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10679 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10682 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10683 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10684 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10686 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10689 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10691 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10692 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10694 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10695 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10697 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10698 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10699 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10700 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10701 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10702 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10703 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10707 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10708 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10709 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10710 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10712 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10713 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10714 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10715 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10717 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10719 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10722 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10723 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10725 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10726 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10727 w
->thread
= thread
;
10728 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10729 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10730 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10731 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10732 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10735 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10736 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10738 w
->exp_string_reparse
10739 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10741 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10742 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10745 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10749 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10754 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10755 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10756 w
->val_valid
= true;
10760 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10762 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10764 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10766 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10767 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10771 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10772 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10775 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10777 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10778 need to act on them together. */
10779 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10780 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10783 if (!just_location
)
10784 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10786 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10787 that should be inserted. */
10788 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10790 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10793 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10794 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10797 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10799 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10801 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10802 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10805 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10806 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10808 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10809 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10810 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10811 hardware watchpoint.
10813 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10814 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10815 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10816 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10817 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10818 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10819 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10820 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10821 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10823 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10824 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10825 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10826 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10827 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10829 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10831 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10833 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10834 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10835 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10836 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10837 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10838 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10842 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10843 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10844 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10846 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10847 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10848 middle of some value chain. */
10850 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10851 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10853 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10857 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10858 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10859 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10861 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10865 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10869 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10870 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10871 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10872 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10873 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10876 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10877 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10878 return found_memory_cnt
;
10882 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10884 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10887 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10888 calls watch_command_1. */
10891 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10893 int just_location
= 0;
10896 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10897 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10900 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
10904 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10906 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10910 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10912 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10916 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10918 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10922 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10924 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10928 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10930 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10934 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10935 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10938 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
10940 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
10943 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
10944 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
10946 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
10948 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
10950 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
10951 breakpoint_up
&&location_breakpoint
,
10952 breakpoint_up
&&caller_breakpoint
)
10953 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
10955 location_breakpoint (std::move (location_breakpoint
)),
10956 caller_breakpoint (std::move (caller_breakpoint
))
10960 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10961 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10962 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
10965 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
10966 until(location)/advance commands. */
10969 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
10971 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10972 location_breakpoint
.get ()) != NULL
10973 || (caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
10974 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10975 caller_breakpoint
.get ()) != NULL
))
10981 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
10982 until(location)/advance commands. */
10985 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
10987 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
10988 location_breakpoint
.reset ();
10989 caller_breakpoint
.reset ();
10990 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
10993 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
10994 until(location)/advance commands. */
10996 enum async_reply_reason
10997 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
10999 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11003 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11005 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11006 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11007 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11008 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11010 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11012 clear_proceed_status (0);
11014 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11017 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11019 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11020 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11021 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11022 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11023 get_last_displayed_line ())
11024 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11027 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11028 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11030 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11033 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11035 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11037 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11038 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11040 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11041 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11042 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11045 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11046 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11047 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11048 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11050 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11053 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
11055 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
11057 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11059 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11060 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11062 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11063 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11064 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11065 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11070 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11071 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
11074 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11077 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
11079 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11080 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11081 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11082 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11084 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11085 only at the very same frame. */
11086 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11087 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11089 tp
->thread_fsm
= new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11090 std::move (location_breakpoint
),
11091 std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11094 lj_deleter
->release ();
11096 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11099 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11100 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11102 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11103 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11104 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11105 if clause in the arg string. */
11108 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11110 const char *cond_string
;
11112 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11115 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11118 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11119 condition string. */
11120 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11121 cond_string
= *arg
;
11123 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11125 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11127 return cond_string
;
11130 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11131 process start/exit, etc. */
11135 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11136 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11141 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11142 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11144 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11145 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11146 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11149 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11150 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11151 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11155 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11157 /* The allowed syntax is:
11159 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11161 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11162 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11164 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11165 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11167 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11168 and enable reporting of such events. */
11171 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11172 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11173 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11174 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11176 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11177 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11178 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11179 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11182 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11188 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11189 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11191 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11193 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11195 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11199 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11201 /* The allowed syntax is:
11203 catch exec if <cond>
11205 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11206 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11208 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11209 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11211 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11212 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11213 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11214 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11216 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11220 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11221 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11222 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11223 const char *addr_string
,
11224 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11231 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11233 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11235 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11236 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11237 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11238 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11239 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11240 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11241 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11242 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11243 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11244 enough for now, though. */
11247 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
11249 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11250 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11251 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11252 language_def (language_ada
));
11253 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11257 catch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11259 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11264 tcatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11266 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11269 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11272 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11274 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11275 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11277 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11279 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11282 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11286 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11289 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11292 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11294 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11297 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11298 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11299 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11303 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11304 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11305 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11307 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11311 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11312 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11313 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11314 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11315 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11316 error (_("No source file specified."));
11322 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11323 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11324 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11325 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11327 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11328 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11329 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11330 due to optimization, all in one block.
11332 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11333 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11334 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11335 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11336 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11337 to support that. */
11339 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11340 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11341 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11344 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11345 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11347 const char *sal_fullname
;
11349 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11350 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11351 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11354 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11359 1 0 <can't happen> */
11361 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11362 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11364 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11368 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11369 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11371 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11372 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11374 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11375 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11376 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11378 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11379 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11380 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11381 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11382 int line_match
= 0;
11384 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11385 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11386 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11387 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11388 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11389 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11390 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11393 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11402 found
.push_back (b
);
11406 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11407 if (found
.empty ())
11410 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11412 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11415 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11416 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11417 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11419 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
11421 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11422 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11424 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
11428 if (found
.size () > 1)
11429 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11432 if (found
.size () == 1)
11433 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11435 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11438 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11441 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11442 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11445 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11448 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11449 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11450 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11453 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11455 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11457 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11458 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11459 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11461 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11463 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11465 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11466 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11470 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11471 std::sort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11472 bl_address_is_meaningful says), secondarily by ordering first
11473 permanent elements and terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted
11474 stable way despite std::sort being an unstable algorithm. */
11477 bp_location_is_less_than (const bp_location
*a
, const bp_location
*b
)
11479 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11480 return a
->address
< b
->address
;
11482 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11483 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11486 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11487 return a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
;
11489 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11490 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11491 return a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
;
11493 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11494 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11495 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11497 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11498 return a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
;
11503 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11504 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11505 content of the bp_locations array. */
11508 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11510 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11512 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11513 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11515 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11517 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11519 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11522 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11523 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11525 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11526 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11527 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11528 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11530 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11532 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11533 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11534 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11535 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11539 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11542 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11544 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11545 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11547 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11549 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11551 struct bp_location
*bl
;
11552 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11553 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11555 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11556 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11557 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11560 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11562 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11563 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11565 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11568 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11571 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
11573 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11574 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11575 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11576 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11579 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11581 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11584 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11586 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11587 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11588 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11589 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11593 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11596 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11598 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11599 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11600 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11601 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11603 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11604 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11605 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11606 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11607 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11609 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11610 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11611 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11612 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11613 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11614 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11615 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11616 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11619 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11620 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11621 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11625 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11627 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11628 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11629 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11632 address
= bl
->address
;
11633 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11635 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11636 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11637 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11639 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11640 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11643 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11644 the same program space as the location
11645 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11646 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11647 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11651 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11652 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11655 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11656 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11657 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11658 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11659 that have already been marked. */
11660 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11662 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11664 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11667 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11668 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11669 locations are duplicate of which.
11671 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11672 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11676 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11678 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11679 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11680 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11681 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11682 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11683 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11685 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11686 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11687 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11688 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11689 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11691 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11692 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11693 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11694 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11696 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11697 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11698 struct bp_location
**old_locp
;
11699 unsigned old_locations_count
;
11700 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<struct bp_location
*> old_locations (bp_locations
);
11702 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
11703 bp_locations
= NULL
;
11704 bp_locations_count
= 0;
11706 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11707 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11708 bp_locations_count
++;
11710 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
11711 locp
= bp_locations
;
11712 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11713 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11715 std::sort (bp_locations
, bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
,
11716 bp_location_is_less_than
);
11718 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11720 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11721 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11722 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11723 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11724 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11727 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11728 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11730 locp
= bp_locations
;
11731 for (old_locp
= old_locations
.get ();
11732 old_locp
< old_locations
.get () + old_locations_count
;
11735 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
11736 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
11738 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11739 not, we have to free it. */
11740 int found_object
= 0;
11741 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11742 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11745 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11746 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11747 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11748 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11752 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11753 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11756 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11757 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11758 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11760 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11761 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11762 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11764 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
11765 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11768 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
11772 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11773 have to go through updates again. */
11774 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11776 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11778 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11780 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11781 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11782 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11783 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11784 at certain location is not inserted. */
11786 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11788 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11791 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11793 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11794 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11795 keep_in_target
= 1;
11799 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11800 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11801 remove its target-side condition. */
11803 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11804 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11805 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11806 this one from the target. */
11808 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11809 if (bl_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
))
11812 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11813 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11816 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
11818 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11820 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11821 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11822 supported, but the latter are. */
11823 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11825 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11826 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11829 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11830 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11832 if (loc2
!= old_loc
11833 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11835 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11836 keep_in_target
= 1;
11844 if (!keep_in_target
)
11846 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11848 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11849 this location on the global list, and try to
11850 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11851 reason why we will succeed next time.
11853 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11854 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11855 only after calling us. */
11856 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11857 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11858 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11866 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11867 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11869 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11870 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11871 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11872 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11873 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11874 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11875 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11876 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11877 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11878 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11879 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11880 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11881 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11882 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11885 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11886 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11888 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11889 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11890 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11891 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11892 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11893 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11894 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11895 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11896 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11897 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11898 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11899 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11900 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11903 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11904 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11905 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11906 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11908 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11909 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11910 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11911 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11912 traps we can no longer explain. */
11914 process_stratum_target
*proc_target
= nullptr;
11915 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
11916 if (inf
->pspace
== old_loc
->pspace
)
11918 proc_target
= inf
->process_target ();
11921 if (proc_target
!= nullptr)
11922 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
11923 = 3 * (thread_count (proc_target
) + 1);
11925 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 1;
11926 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11928 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
11932 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11933 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
11938 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11939 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11940 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11941 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11942 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11943 are sorted first for the same address.
11945 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11946 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11948 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11949 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11950 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11951 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11952 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
11954 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11956 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
11959 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
11960 || !bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
)
11961 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11962 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11963 `struct bp_location'. */
11964 || is_tracepoint (b
))
11966 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11967 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11971 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
11972 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
11973 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
11974 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
11975 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
11976 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
11978 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
11980 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
11981 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
11982 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
11984 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
11985 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
11987 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
11989 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
11990 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11991 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11997 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11998 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11999 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12001 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12002 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12004 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12005 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12008 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12010 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12011 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12014 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12015 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12016 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12017 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12018 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12020 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12024 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12025 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12029 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12031 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
12033 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
12034 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12036 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12037 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
12044 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12049 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12051 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12056 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12059 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12063 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12064 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12066 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12067 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12068 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12072 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12074 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12076 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12078 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12082 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12086 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12088 struct value_print_options opts
;
12090 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12092 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12094 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12096 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12097 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12098 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12099 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12101 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12102 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12104 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12106 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12107 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12112 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12113 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12119 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12120 printf_filtered (" at %ps",
12121 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
12122 paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
,
12123 b
->loc
->address
)));
12124 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12126 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12128 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12130 const char *filename
12131 = symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
);
12132 printf_filtered (": file %ps, line %d.",
12133 styled_string (file_name_style
.style (),
12135 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12138 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12139 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12140 real situation somewhat. */
12141 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12142 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12147 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12149 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12151 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12156 bp_location::~bp_location ()
12158 xfree (function_name
);
12161 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12163 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12165 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12166 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12169 static struct bp_location
*
12170 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12172 return new bp_location (self
);
12176 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12178 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12181 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12182 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12185 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12187 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12191 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12192 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12194 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12198 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12199 const address_space
*aspace
,
12201 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12203 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12207 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12212 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12216 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12218 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12221 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12225 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12227 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12230 static enum print_stop_action
12231 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12233 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12237 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12238 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12244 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12246 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12250 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12252 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12256 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12257 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12258 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12259 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12261 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12265 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12266 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12267 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12268 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12269 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12270 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12272 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12273 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12274 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12275 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12277 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12280 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12281 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12282 const struct event_location
*location
,
12283 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12285 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12288 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12291 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12296 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12299 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12301 /* Nothing to do. */
12304 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12306 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12307 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12308 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12309 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12310 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12311 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12312 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12313 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12314 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12316 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12317 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12318 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12319 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12320 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12321 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12322 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12323 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12326 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12329 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12331 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12332 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12334 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12335 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12339 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12343 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12345 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12347 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12348 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12350 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12351 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12353 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12357 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12359 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12360 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12362 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12366 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12367 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12368 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12370 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12371 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12374 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12378 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12379 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12380 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12387 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12388 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12389 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12391 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12392 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12394 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12395 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12396 be set at the same address. */
12400 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12404 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12406 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12411 static enum print_stop_action
12412 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12414 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12415 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12417 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12419 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12421 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12422 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12424 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12425 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12426 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12429 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12430 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12432 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12434 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12435 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12436 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12439 uiout
->message ("Temporary breakpoint %pF, ",
12440 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12442 uiout
->message ("Breakpoint %pF, ",
12443 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12445 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12449 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12451 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12456 case bp_breakpoint
:
12457 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12458 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12459 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12461 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12462 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12463 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12464 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12466 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12467 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12470 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12478 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12480 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12481 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12482 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12483 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12484 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12485 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12486 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12487 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12488 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12490 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12491 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12493 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12494 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12496 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12497 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12498 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12499 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12501 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12505 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12506 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12507 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12509 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12513 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12514 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12515 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12516 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12517 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12518 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12520 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12521 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12522 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12523 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12525 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12526 std::move (cond_string
),
12527 std::move (extra_string
),
12529 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12530 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12531 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12534 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12535 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12536 const struct event_location
*location
,
12537 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12539 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12542 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12545 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12549 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12550 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12551 case bp_overlay_event
:
12552 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12553 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12554 case bp_exception_master
:
12555 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12558 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12559 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12560 case bp_shlib_event
:
12562 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12563 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12564 case bp_thread_event
:
12570 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12572 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12574 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12575 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12576 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12577 objects (among other things). */
12578 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12579 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12585 static enum print_stop_action
12586 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12588 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12590 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12594 case bp_shlib_event
:
12595 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12596 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12597 to shlib event" message.) */
12598 print_solib_event (0);
12601 case bp_thread_event
:
12602 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12603 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12604 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12607 case bp_overlay_event
:
12608 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12609 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12612 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12613 /* These should never be enabled. */
12614 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12617 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12618 /* These should never be enabled. */
12619 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12620 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12623 case bp_exception_master
:
12624 /* These should never be enabled. */
12625 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12626 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12630 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12634 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12636 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12639 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12642 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12644 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12645 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12646 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12647 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12651 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12653 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12656 static enum print_stop_action
12657 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12659 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12663 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12665 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12668 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12670 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12671 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12673 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12675 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12678 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12681 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12684 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12686 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12690 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12692 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12699 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12700 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12702 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12703 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12705 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12709 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12710 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12711 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12713 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12715 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12717 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12718 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12721 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12722 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12723 const struct event_location
*location
,
12724 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12726 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12728 error (_("probe not found"));
12732 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12735 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12737 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12741 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12742 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12743 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12745 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12751 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12752 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12754 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12755 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12757 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12759 uiout
->message ("\tmarker id is %pF\n",
12760 string_field ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12761 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ()));
12766 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12768 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12773 case bp_tracepoint
:
12774 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12775 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12777 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12778 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12779 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12781 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12782 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12783 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12786 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12787 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12794 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12796 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12798 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12799 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12800 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12801 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12802 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12803 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12805 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12806 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12808 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12809 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12810 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12812 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12813 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12817 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12818 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12819 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12821 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12825 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12826 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12827 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12828 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12829 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12830 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12832 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12833 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12834 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12835 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12837 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12838 std::move (cond_string
),
12839 std::move (extra_string
),
12841 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12842 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12843 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12846 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12847 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12848 const struct event_location
*location
,
12849 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12851 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12854 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12856 /* Virtual table for tracepoints on static probes. */
12859 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12860 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12861 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12862 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12864 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12865 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12868 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12869 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12870 const struct event_location
*location
,
12871 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12873 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12874 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12877 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12880 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12882 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12884 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12885 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12887 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12888 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12889 3 - disconnect from target 1
12890 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12892 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12893 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12894 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12895 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12896 it all the time. */
12897 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12898 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
12901 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12904 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12906 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
12907 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
12909 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12912 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12915 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12916 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12917 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12918 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12919 address are all handled. */
12922 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12924 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
12925 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
12927 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12928 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12929 condition not be evaluated. */
12932 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
12933 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
12934 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
12935 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
12936 commands here throws. */
12937 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
12938 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
12940 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
12942 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
12943 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
12947 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12951 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12952 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12953 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12955 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12956 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
12958 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
12959 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
12961 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
12962 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
12963 canonical
->location
12964 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
12967 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12968 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12972 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12973 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12974 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12975 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12976 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12977 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12979 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12980 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12981 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12982 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12984 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
12986 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12987 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12988 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12989 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12990 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12991 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12993 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
12995 event_location_up location
12996 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
12998 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
12999 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13000 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13001 std::move (cond_string
),
13002 std::move (extra_string
),
13003 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13004 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13005 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13006 canonical
->special_display
);
13007 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13008 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13009 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13010 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13011 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13012 corresponds to this one */
13013 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13015 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13019 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13020 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13021 const struct event_location
*location
,
13022 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13024 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13025 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13027 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13028 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13030 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13035 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13038 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13041 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13043 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13046 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13050 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13052 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13054 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13056 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13057 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13060 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13061 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13062 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13063 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13064 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13067 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13068 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13069 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13070 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13072 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13075 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13076 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13077 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13079 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13080 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13082 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13083 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13084 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13085 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13089 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13091 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13092 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13093 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13094 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13095 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13098 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13099 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13100 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13101 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13103 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13105 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13106 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13108 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13109 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13111 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13115 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13117 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13118 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13119 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13120 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13121 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13122 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13123 commands won't work. */
13125 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13127 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13128 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13129 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13130 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13131 might be better design to have location completely
13132 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13133 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13135 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13136 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13137 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13141 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13142 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13145 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13146 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13148 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13153 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13155 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13156 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13158 if (next
== related
)
13160 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13161 function (related
);
13163 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13164 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13169 function (related
);
13173 while (related
!= b
);
13177 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13179 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13185 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13187 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13188 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13189 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13190 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13191 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13193 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13197 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13199 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13201 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13202 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13203 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13207 map_breakpoint_numbers
13208 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
13210 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
13214 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13215 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13219 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13221 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13223 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13224 if ((pspace
== NULL
13225 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13226 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13227 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13232 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13233 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13234 Null names are ignored. */
13237 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13239 struct bp_location
*l
;
13240 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, streq_hash
, NULL
,
13243 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13246 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13248 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13252 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13254 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13258 htab_delete (htab
);
13264 htab_delete (htab
);
13268 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13269 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13270 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13271 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13272 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13273 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13274 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13275 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13278 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13279 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13280 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13281 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13282 in the sources, and output a warning.
13284 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13285 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13286 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13287 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13288 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13291 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13292 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13293 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13294 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13295 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13296 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13297 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13298 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13299 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13301 static struct symtab_and_line
13302 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13304 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13305 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13310 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13312 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13314 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13315 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13316 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13317 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13319 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13324 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13326 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13328 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13329 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13331 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13332 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13333 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13335 if (!markers
.empty ())
13337 struct symbol
*sym
;
13338 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13339 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13340 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13342 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13344 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13346 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13347 "found at previous line number"),
13348 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13350 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13351 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13352 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13355 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
13356 function_name_style
.style ());
13357 uiout
->text (" at ");
13359 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13360 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13361 file_name_style
.style ());
13364 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13366 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13368 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13371 uiout
->field_signed ("line", sal2
.line
);
13372 uiout
->text ("\n");
13374 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13375 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13377 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13378 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13379 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13380 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13381 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13382 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13383 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13385 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13392 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13393 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13396 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13400 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13403 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13406 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13413 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13419 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13420 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13421 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13423 static struct bp_location
*
13424 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13426 struct bp_location head
;
13427 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13428 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13429 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13431 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13442 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13457 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13458 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13459 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13460 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13464 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13465 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13466 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13467 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13469 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13471 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13473 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13475 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13476 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13477 "multiple locations found\n"),
13482 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13483 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13484 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13485 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13486 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13487 individual locations. */
13488 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13491 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13493 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13495 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13497 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13499 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13501 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13503 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13507 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13510 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13511 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13514 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13516 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13517 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13518 b
->number
, e
.what ());
13519 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13523 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13525 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13527 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13531 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13534 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13535 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13536 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13537 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13538 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13539 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13540 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13542 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13544 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13546 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13547 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13549 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13550 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13558 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13559 if (l
->function_name
13560 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13570 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13571 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13574 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13575 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13577 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13578 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13579 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13581 struct gdb_exception exception
;
13583 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13585 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13589 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13591 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13593 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13595 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13596 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13597 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13598 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13599 state, then user already saw the message about that
13600 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13602 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13603 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13605 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13606 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13607 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13608 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13609 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13610 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13612 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13614 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13615 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13616 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13617 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13618 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13619 which approach is better. */
13620 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13624 exception
= std::move (e
);
13627 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13629 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13630 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13631 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13633 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13636 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
13637 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
13639 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13641 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13642 b
->thread
= thread
;
13646 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13647 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13649 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13652 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13653 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13663 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13664 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13668 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13670 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13671 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13674 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13675 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13677 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13679 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13681 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13682 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13683 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13685 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13688 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13691 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13692 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13695 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
13696 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13697 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13699 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13702 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13703 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13707 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13708 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13709 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13710 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13711 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13712 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13714 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13715 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13716 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13717 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13719 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13720 std::move (cond_string
),
13721 std::move (extra_string
),
13722 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13723 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13724 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13727 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13728 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13730 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13731 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13732 const struct event_location
*location
,
13733 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13735 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13737 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13738 NULL
, 0, &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13741 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13742 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13744 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13746 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13747 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13752 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13755 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13757 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13758 set_language (b
->language
);
13760 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13763 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13764 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13767 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13769 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13772 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13773 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13774 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13776 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13777 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13778 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13779 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13780 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13781 we select the current frame.
13783 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13784 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13785 have been reset. */
13786 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
13787 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
13789 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13790 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13791 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13792 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13794 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13798 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13800 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
13802 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13803 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13808 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13811 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13812 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13813 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13814 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13816 /* Now we can insert. */
13817 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13820 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13822 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13823 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13825 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13827 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13829 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
13831 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13832 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13833 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13835 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13839 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13840 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13841 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13844 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13846 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13851 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13852 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13854 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13856 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13857 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13862 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13866 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13867 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13869 else if (count
== 1)
13870 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13873 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13874 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13877 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13881 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13884 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13887 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13889 const char *p
= args
;
13893 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13895 num
= get_number (&p
);
13897 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13899 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13901 set_ignore_count (num
,
13902 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13905 printf_filtered ("\n");
13909 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13910 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13913 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
13914 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13916 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
13918 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13919 bp_num_range
.first
);
13923 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
13925 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
13927 bool match
= false;
13929 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
13930 if (b
->number
== i
)
13937 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
13942 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
13946 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
13947 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13949 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
13950 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13952 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
13954 while (!parser
.finished ())
13956 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
13957 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
13961 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
13962 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
13964 static struct bp_location
*
13965 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
13967 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13970 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
13975 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
13976 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
13979 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13982 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13983 if (++n
== loc_num
)
13986 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13989 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
13990 enum class extract_bp_kind
13992 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
13995 /* Extracting a location number. */
13999 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14000 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14001 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14002 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14003 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14006 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
14007 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
14009 const char *end
= start
;
14010 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
14012 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14013 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14014 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14015 int (end
- start
), start
);
14017 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14018 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14019 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14020 int (end
- start
), start
);
14022 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14027 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14028 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14029 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14030 are always positive integers. */
14032 static std::pair
<int, int>
14033 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14034 const std::string
&arg
,
14035 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14037 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14038 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14039 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14040 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14042 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14043 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14044 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14045 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14046 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14050 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14051 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14052 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14053 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14055 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14056 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14057 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14058 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14059 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14063 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14064 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14065 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14070 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14071 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14074 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14076 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14077 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14078 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14079 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14080 location number range.
14084 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14085 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14086 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14088 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14090 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14092 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14094 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14095 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14098 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14099 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14101 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14106 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14108 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14109 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14110 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14114 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14115 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14118 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14120 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14123 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14125 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14126 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14128 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14129 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14130 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14131 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14133 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14135 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
14138 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14139 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14140 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14141 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14145 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14146 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14149 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14150 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14153 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14154 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14155 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14158 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14160 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14161 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14162 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14163 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14166 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14168 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14169 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14171 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14172 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14174 struct bp_location
*location
;
14176 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14177 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14180 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14182 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14185 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14186 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14187 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14188 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14191 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14195 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14197 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14198 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14201 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14203 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14208 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14210 while (!num
.empty ())
14212 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14214 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14216 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14217 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14219 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14220 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14222 ? enable_breakpoint
14223 : disable_breakpoint
);
14227 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14229 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14230 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14232 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14237 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14238 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14239 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14240 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14243 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14245 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14249 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14252 int target_resources_ok
;
14254 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14257 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14258 target_resources_ok
=
14259 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14261 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14262 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14263 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14264 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14267 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14269 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14270 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14274 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14276 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14277 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14278 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14280 catch (const gdb_exception
&e
)
14282 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14283 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14289 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14291 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14292 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14294 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14295 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14297 struct bp_location
*location
;
14299 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14300 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14303 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14304 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14305 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14307 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14312 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14314 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14317 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14318 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14319 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14320 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14323 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14325 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14329 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14331 map_breakpoint_numbers
14332 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14334 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14335 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14337 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14343 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14348 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14350 count
= get_number (&args
);
14352 map_breakpoint_numbers
14353 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14355 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14356 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14358 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14364 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14366 map_breakpoint_numbers
14367 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14369 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14370 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14372 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14378 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14383 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14387 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14388 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14392 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14393 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14394 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14396 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14398 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14399 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14400 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14402 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14404 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14406 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14408 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14409 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14410 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14411 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14414 wp
->val_valid
= false;
14420 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14423 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14424 const address_space
*aspace
,
14427 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14428 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14429 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14431 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14433 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14434 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14437 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14439 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14440 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14441 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14443 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14446 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14449 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14451 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14452 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14454 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14456 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14458 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14459 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14461 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14462 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14470 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14473 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14474 const address_space
*aspace
,
14477 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14479 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14481 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14487 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14491 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14494 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14496 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14498 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14499 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14505 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14507 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14509 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14511 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14512 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14516 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14518 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14520 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
14521 (location
.get (), true /* is_tracepoint */);
14523 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14525 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14527 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14528 0 /* Ignore count */,
14529 pending_break_support
,
14533 0 /* internal */, 0);
14537 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14539 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14541 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14543 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14545 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14546 0 /* Ignore count */,
14547 pending_break_support
,
14548 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14551 0 /* internal */, 0);
14554 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14557 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14559 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14560 event_location_up location
;
14562 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14563 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14564 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14566 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14567 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14571 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14572 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14575 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14577 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14579 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14580 0 /* Ignore count */,
14581 pending_break_support
,
14585 0 /* internal */, 0);
14588 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14589 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14591 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14592 static int next_cmd
;
14595 read_uploaded_action (void)
14597 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14599 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14601 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
14608 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14609 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14610 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14611 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14612 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14614 struct tracepoint
*
14615 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14617 const char *addr_str
;
14618 char small_buf
[100];
14619 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14621 if (utp
->at_string
)
14622 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
14625 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14626 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14627 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14629 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14630 "source location, using raw address"),
14632 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14633 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14636 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14637 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14638 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14639 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14642 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14644 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14646 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
14647 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14649 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14650 0 /* Ignore count */,
14651 pending_break_support
,
14652 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14654 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14656 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14659 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14660 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14661 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14665 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14668 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14671 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14672 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14673 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14675 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14677 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14682 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14684 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14686 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14687 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14688 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14689 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14692 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14693 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14694 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14699 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14703 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14705 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14708 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_tracepoint
);
14710 if (num_printed
== 0)
14712 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14713 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14715 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14718 default_collect_info ();
14721 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14722 Not supported by all targets. */
14724 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14726 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14729 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14730 Not supported by all targets. */
14732 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14734 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14737 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14739 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14741 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14747 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14749 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14750 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14751 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14753 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14754 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14756 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14760 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14762 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14764 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14765 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14766 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14770 map_breakpoint_numbers
14771 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
14773 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
14777 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14780 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14782 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14783 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14785 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14786 tp
->number
, count
);
14789 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14791 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14792 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14793 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14796 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14798 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14801 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14802 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14803 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14805 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14807 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14808 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14810 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14812 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14814 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14816 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14818 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14819 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14822 else if (*args
== '\0')
14824 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14826 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14830 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14831 while (!parser
.finished ())
14833 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14835 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14840 struct tracepoint
*
14841 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14843 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14845 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14846 if (t
->number
== num
)
14847 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14852 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14853 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14856 struct tracepoint
*
14857 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14859 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14861 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14863 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14865 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14872 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14873 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14874 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14875 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14877 struct tracepoint
*
14878 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14879 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14881 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14883 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14885 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14887 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14888 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14890 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14891 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14893 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14897 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14898 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14901 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14905 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14906 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
14908 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14911 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
14916 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
14918 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14919 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
14922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
14924 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
14927 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14928 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14929 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14933 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
14934 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
14936 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
14938 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
14940 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
14941 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14943 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14944 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
14946 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14947 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14950 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14951 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14956 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
14958 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
14960 /* We can stop searching. */
14967 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14971 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
14975 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
14976 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
14977 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
14979 if (extra_trace_bits
)
14980 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
14982 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
14984 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14985 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14988 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14989 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14992 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
14994 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
14995 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
14998 if (tp
->cond_string
)
14999 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15001 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15002 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15004 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15006 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15008 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15011 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15013 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
15015 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15019 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15020 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15023 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15024 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15026 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15027 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15028 special, and not user visible. */
15029 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15031 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15034 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15036 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15040 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15041 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15044 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15047 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15050 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15052 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15055 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15058 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15060 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15063 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15065 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
15066 all_tracepoints (void)
15068 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> tp_vec
;
15069 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15071 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15073 tp_vec
.push_back (tp
);
15080 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15081 locations used by several commands. */
15083 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15084 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15085 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15086 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15087 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15088 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15090 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15091 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15092 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15094 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15095 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15096 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15097 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15098 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15100 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15101 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15102 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15103 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15104 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15105 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
15107 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15108 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15109 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15112 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15113 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15114 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15115 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15116 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15117 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15118 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15121 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15122 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15124 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15125 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15126 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
15127 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15128 conditions are different.\n\
15130 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15132 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15133 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15135 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15136 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15139 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15140 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15141 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15142 void *user_data_catch
,
15143 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15145 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15147 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15149 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15150 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15151 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15153 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15155 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15156 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15157 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15161 save_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15163 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15164 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15165 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15168 struct breakpoint
*
15169 iterate_over_breakpoints (gdb::function_view
<bool (breakpoint
*)> callback
)
15171 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15173 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15182 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15183 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15186 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15188 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15189 non-inline function. */
15190 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15196 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15197 have been inlined. */
15200 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15201 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15203 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15204 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15206 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15208 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15211 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15213 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15214 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15222 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15225 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15227 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15229 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15230 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15231 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15235 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15237 static int initialized
= 0;
15239 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15245 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15246 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15247 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15248 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15249 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15250 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15251 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15252 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15253 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15254 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15255 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15256 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15258 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15259 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15260 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15261 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15262 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15263 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15264 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15265 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15267 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15268 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15269 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15270 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15271 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15272 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15273 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15274 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15275 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15276 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15278 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15279 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15280 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15281 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15282 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15283 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15284 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15286 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15287 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15288 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15289 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15290 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15291 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15292 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15294 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15295 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15296 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15297 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15298 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15299 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15300 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15303 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15304 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15305 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15306 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15307 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15308 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15309 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15310 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15311 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15312 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15313 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15314 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15315 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15317 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15318 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15319 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15320 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15321 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15322 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15323 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15324 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15325 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15326 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15327 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15330 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15331 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15332 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15333 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15334 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15335 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15336 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15337 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15338 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15339 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15341 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15342 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15343 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15344 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15345 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15347 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15348 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15349 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15350 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15351 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15352 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15354 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15355 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15356 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15357 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15358 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15359 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15360 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15361 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15362 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15363 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15365 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15366 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15367 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15368 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15369 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15370 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15371 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15372 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15373 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15374 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15376 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15377 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15378 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15379 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15380 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15381 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15382 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15383 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15384 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15385 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15387 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15388 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15389 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15390 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15391 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15392 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15393 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15394 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15395 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15396 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15397 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15399 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15400 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15401 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15402 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15403 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15404 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15405 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15406 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15407 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15410 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15412 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15414 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15416 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
15419 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15421 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15423 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15425 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15426 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15427 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15429 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15430 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15431 before a breakpoint is set. */
15432 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15434 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15436 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15437 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15438 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15440 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
15441 commands_command
, _("\
15442 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15443 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15444 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15446 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15447 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15448 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15449 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15450 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15452 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15453 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15454 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15455 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15456 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15458 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15459 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15460 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15461 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15462 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15464 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15465 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15467 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15468 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15469 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15470 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15472 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15473 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15475 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15476 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15477 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15478 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15480 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15481 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15483 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15484 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15485 Usage: enable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15486 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15487 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15488 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15489 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15490 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15492 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15494 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15495 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15496 Usage: enable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15497 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15498 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15499 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
15500 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15502 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15503 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15504 Usage: enable breakpoints once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15505 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15508 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15509 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15510 Usage: enable breakpoints delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15511 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15514 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15515 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15516 Usage: enable breakpoints count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15517 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15518 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15521 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15522 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15523 Usage: enable delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15524 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15527 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15528 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15529 Usage: enable once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15530 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15533 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15534 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15535 Usage: enable count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15536 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15537 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15540 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15541 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15542 Usage: disable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15543 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15544 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15545 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15546 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15547 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15548 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15550 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15551 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15552 Usage: disable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15553 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15554 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15555 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15556 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15559 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15560 Delete all or some breakpoints.\n\
15561 Usage: delete [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15562 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15563 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15565 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects."),
15566 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15567 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15568 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15570 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15571 Delete all or some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15572 Usage: delete breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15573 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15574 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15575 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15578 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15579 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15580 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15582 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15583 is executing in.\n"
15584 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15585 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15586 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15588 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15589 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15590 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15591 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15593 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15594 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15595 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15596 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15600 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15601 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15602 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15603 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15604 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15605 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15606 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15607 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15608 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15609 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15610 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15611 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15612 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15613 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15614 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15615 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15617 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15618 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15619 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15620 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15621 breakpoint set."));
15624 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15625 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15626 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15627 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15628 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15629 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15630 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15631 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15632 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15634 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15635 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15636 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15637 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15638 breakpoint set."));
15640 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15642 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15643 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15644 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15645 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15646 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15647 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15648 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15649 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15650 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15651 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15652 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15653 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15654 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15656 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15657 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15658 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15659 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15661 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15663 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
15664 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15665 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15666 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15668 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
15669 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15670 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15671 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15673 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15674 catch_fork_command_1
,
15676 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15677 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15678 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15679 catch_fork_command_1
,
15681 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15682 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15683 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15684 catch_exec_command_1
,
15688 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15689 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15690 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15691 catch_load_command_1
,
15695 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15696 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15697 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15698 catch_unload_command_1
,
15703 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
15704 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15705 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15706 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15707 an expression changes.\n\
15708 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15709 the memory to which it refers."));
15710 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15712 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
15713 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15714 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15715 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15716 an expression is read.\n\
15717 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15718 the memory to which it refers."));
15719 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15721 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
15722 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15723 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15724 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15725 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15726 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15727 the memory to which it refers."));
15728 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15730 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15731 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15733 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15734 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15735 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15736 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15737 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15738 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15739 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15740 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15741 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15744 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15745 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15747 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15749 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15751 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15752 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15754 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15755 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15756 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15758 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
15759 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15760 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15761 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15763 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15764 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15766 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15767 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15768 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15770 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15771 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15773 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15774 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15775 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15776 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15777 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15778 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15779 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15780 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15781 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15783 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15784 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15785 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15786 conditions are different.\n\
15788 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15789 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15790 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15792 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15793 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15794 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15795 last tracepoint set."));
15797 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15799 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15800 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15801 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15802 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15804 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15806 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15807 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15808 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15809 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15811 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15813 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15814 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15815 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15816 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15818 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15820 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15821 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15822 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15823 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15824 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15826 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
15827 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15828 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
15829 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15831 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15832 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15833 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15834 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15835 session to restore them."),
15837 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15839 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15840 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15841 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15843 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15845 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
15846 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15848 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15849 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15850 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15851 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15852 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
15853 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15854 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15855 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15856 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15857 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15858 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
15859 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15861 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15862 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15863 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15864 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15865 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15866 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15867 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15868 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15870 show_pending_break_support
,
15871 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15872 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15874 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15876 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15877 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15878 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15879 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15880 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15881 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15882 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15884 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15885 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15886 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15888 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15889 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15890 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15891 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15892 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15893 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15894 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15895 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15896 when execution stops."),
15898 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15899 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15900 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15902 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15903 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15904 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15905 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15906 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15907 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15908 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15909 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15910 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15911 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15912 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15913 be set to \"gdb\""),
15914 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15915 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15916 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15917 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15919 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
15920 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15921 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15922 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15923 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15924 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15925 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15926 or the start of the range\n\
15927 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15928 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15929 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15931 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15932 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15933 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15935 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
15936 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
15937 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
15938 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
15939 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
15940 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15942 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
15943 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
15944 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15945 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15946 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
15947 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
15948 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
15949 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
15950 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
15951 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
15952 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15953 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15955 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
15956 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
15957 &dprintf_function
, _("\
15958 Set the function to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
15959 Show the function to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
15960 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15961 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15963 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
15964 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
15965 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
15966 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
15967 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
15968 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15969 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15971 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
15972 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
15973 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15974 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15975 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
15976 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
15979 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15981 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
15982 Target agent only formatted printing, like the C \"printf\" function.\n\
15983 Usage: agent-printf \"format string\", ARG1, ARG2, ARG3, ..., ARGN\n\
15984 This supports most C printf format specifications, like %s, %d, etc.\n\
15985 This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
15987 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= true;
15989 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
15990 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);